Skip to main content

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

See other formats


LYCOMING 
COLLEGE 


LIBERAL  ARTS 


I!-  :.  ■■■  W.  '■-■.-:< 


%: 


Lycoming  is  a  coeducational  liberal  arts  college 

with  a  student  body  of  1.500,  approximately 

900  men  and  600  women.  A  United  Methodist 

related  institution,  Lycoming  is  open  to  students 

regardless  of  their  religious, 

racial,  or  national  backgrounds. 


LYCOMINQ 
COLLEQE 

Williamsport,  Pennsylvania  17701/717-326-1951 


CATALOG   1971-1972 


THIS   IS    LYCOMING 

At  Lycoming  it  is  believed  that  a  liberal  arts  edu- 
cation is  the  best  hope  for  an  enlightened  citizenry 
and  that  vocational  and  professional  specialization 
must  be  built  on  a  broad  acquaintance  with  the  vari- 
ous disciplines.  Programs  are  arranged  within  a  lib- 
eral arts  framework  so  that  all  students  study  the 
humanities,  sciences,  and  social  sciences. 

Our  experienced  full-time  teaching  faculty  is  well 
prepared  to  teach  with  209  degrees  from  101  col- 
leges and  universities.  Over  59%  of  our  classes  at 
Lycoming  have  19  or  less  students;  over  36%  have 
10  or  less  students.  Greater  personal  attention  is  pos- 
sible with  experienced  professors  teaching  freshman 
through   senior  courses. 


Ill 


Beyond  the  level  of  general  education,  the  College 
stresses  the  pursuit  of  a  major.  This  presses  the  stu- 
dent to  achieve  competency  in  a  more  limited  area 
and  encourages  greater  depth  and  sense  of  academic 
achievement.  The  major  relates  to  increased  under- 
standing of  oneself  and  his  world;  it  leads  both  to 
graduate  school  and  to  vocation.  Majors  are  not 
confined  to  single  departments  of  the  College; 
increasingly  they  are  interdepartmental  in  nature, 
thus  permitting  the  student  a  wider  range  of  ex- 
perience in  related  fields. 


IV 


mk] 


LOCATION 

Lycoming  College,  in  scenic  North  Central 
Pennsylvania  ninety  nniles  north  of  Harrisburg.  is  set 
upon  a  slight  prominence  near  downtown  Williams- 
port  overlooking  the  beautiful  West  Branch  Valley  of 
the  Susquehanna  River.  Greater  Williamsport,  with  a 
population  of  85.000.  is  within  200  miles  of  Washing- 
ton. Baltimore.  Philadelphia.  New  York.  Syracuse, 
Rochester.  Buffalo,  and  Pittsburgh.  It  is  easily  ac- 
cessible by  bus.  airline,  and  automobile.  Interstate  80 
passes  fifteen  miles  south  of  Williamsport;  U.S. 
Routes  1  5  and  220  come  through  the  city. 

The  area  is  known  for  its  lovely  mountain  scenery 
and  excellent  outdoor  recreation  facilities.  Thousands 
are  attracted  each  year  to  the  woods  and  crystal-clear 
streams  where  hunting,  fishing,  and  hiking  are  un- 
surpassed. Ice  skating,  skiing,  and  tobogganing  are 
popular  winter  sports.  State  Forests  and  Parks 
abound  in  the  area  and  have  excellent  facilities  for 
swimming  and  picnicking. 


0 


B 


LYCOMING 
COLLEGE 

KEYSYONE    SHORTWAY  WILLIAMSPORT 


SCRANTON 

"1'  WIIKES-BARRE 


@ 


Qg 


ALTOONA 


■,UBNP>« 


0 


® 


® 


0 


HARBISBUBG 

PA  TURNPIKE 


VI 


CAMPUS 

The  facilities  at  Lycoming  are  excellent.  Of  the 
twenty-two  buildings  on  a  twenty-acre  campus, 
fourteen  have  been  constructed  since  1951.  Twelve 
modern  structures  have  been  built  in  as  many  years 
including  six  dormitories,  a  student  center,  a  science 
building,  and  a  five  million  dollar  academic  center 
whosefourbuildings  providea  library  to  accommodate 
250,000  volumes,  an  arena  theatre,  a  planetarium, 
faculty  offices,  classrooms,  lounge,  and  exhibit 
facilities.  In  addition,  there  is  a  twelve-acre  athletic 
field  with  a  1 ,400  seat  stadium,  near  the  campus. 


VII 


ADMISSION 
REQUIREMENTS 

Selective  admission  is  based  on  academic  achieve- 
ment reflected  in  school  records,  class  rank,  and  SAT 
scores.  In  addition,  subjects  studied,  counselor  and 
teacher  recommendations,  and  other  available  infor- 
mation that  might  identify  well-qualified  candidates 
are  considered. 

Graduation  from  an  approved  secondary  school 
with  sixteen  or  more  academic  units  (grades  nine 
through  twelve)  is  required.  Although  a  set  pattern 
of  high  school  subjects  is  not  required,  a  strong  pro- 
gram of  academic  subjects  is  recommended  as  the 
most  desirable  preparation  for  college.  This  should 
include  a  total  of  1  5  or  16  academic  units  with 
substantial  work  in  the  areas  of  English  and  mathe- 
matics, and  additional  work  in  foreign  language, 
social  studies,  and  science.  Students  who  have  com- 
pleted advanced  placement,  accelerated  or  honors 
courses  are  given  special  consideration. 

Candidates  and  their  parents  are  urged  to  visit 
the  campus.  An  appointment  with  the  admissions 
office  would  be  helpful.  Write  or  call  717-326-1951, 
Ext.  221. 


VIII 


IX 


CAMPUS   LIFE 

A  full  program  of  cultural,  professional,  athletic, 
and  social  activities  is  an  integral  part  of  college 
life  at  Lyconning.  You  can  find  outlets  for  your  talents, 
interests,  and  abilities  among  the  numerous  student 
organizations — fraternities,  departmental  clubs  and 
honorary  societies,  student  government,  publications, 
and  a  comprehensive  varsity  and  intramural  sports 
program — each  abounding  in  opportunities  for  stu- 
dent participation. 

The  Artist  and  Lecture  Series,  Student  Council, 
Religious  Life  Council,  Student  Union  Board,  and 
other  campus  organizations  bring  in  a  variety  of 
talent  and  speakers. 


XI 


CURRICULA 

Lycoming  grants  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

Majors  can  be  taken  in : 

Accounting  Music 

Art  Philosophy 

Biology  Physics 

Business  Administration  Political  Science 

Chemistry  Psychology 

Economics  Religion 

English  Russian 

French  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

German  Spanish 

History  Theatre 

Mathematics 

Special  curricula  enable  students  to  prepare  for 
the  study  of  medicine,  law,  dentistry,  and  theology. 
Students  preparing  to  teach  can  complete  their 
required  academic  major  and  the  professional  courses 
required  for  certification  by  the  Pennsylvania  State 
Department  of  Education.  Cooperative  programs  with 
other  colleges  are  available  in  engineering,  forestry, 
and  drama.  Special  programs  in  medical  technology 
and  religious  education  are  offered. 

The  Lycoming  Scholar  program,  independent 
study,  seminar  study,  and  departmental  honors  are 
available  to  qualified  students.  Recommended  stu- 
dents can  participate  in  a  Washington,  London,  or 
United  Nations  semester:  the  junior  year  abroad: 
or  in  the  international  intercultural  studies  program. 


XII 


EXPENSES    FOR   1971-72 

Semester  Year 

Comprehensive  Fee $1,050  $2,100 

Room 250  500 

Board 300  600 

Total  fixed  charges,  .  $1,600  $3,200 

Books  and  supplies  normally  cost  between  $75  and 
$90  per  year.  Allowance  must  be  made  for  laundry, 
travel,  clothing,  and  personal  needs. 


FINANCIAL  AID 

A  generous  program  of  financial  aid  which  totals 
$600,000  annually,  recognizes  outstanding  achieve- 
ment and  supplements  limited  resources  by  providing 
scholarships,  grants-in-aid.  Educational  Opportunity 
Grants,  Loans,  and  Work-Study  Grants.  The  College 
Scholarship  Service  of  the  College  Entrance  Examina- 
tion Board  is  used  to  determine  the  amount  of  each 
grant  or  award.  Academic  promise  and  need  are  the 
basis  for  awarding  freshman  scholarships. 


XIII 


CAMPUS    FACILITIES 


1.  NORTH  HALL  (1965) — Accommodates  146  women  students  in  two-room  suites 
with  bath. 

1  ART  CENTER  (1965)  —  Studios  and  art  gallery — was  President's  Residence  for 
25  years- 

3.  FINE  ARTS  BUILDING  (1940)  — Music  studios  and  individual  practice  rooms. 

4.  FRATERNITY  RESIDENCE  (1 962)  — Houses  five  national  chapters  in  distinct, 
self-contained  units  each  with  dormitory,  lounge,  and  chapter  room.  Large  common 
ground  floor  social  area. 

5.  FORREST  HALL  (1968) — Accommodates  92  women  students  in  two-room  suites 
with  bath. 

6.  CREVER  HALL  (1  962) — Accommodates  1  26  women  in  two-room  suites  with  bath. 

7.  WERTZ  STUDENT  CENTER  (1  959)  — Dining  room,  Burchfield  Lounge,  recreation 
area,  game  room,  music  room,  book  store,  post  office.  Board  Room,  and  student 
organization  offices. 

8.  WESLEY  HALL  (1  956) — Accommodates  144  men  and  includes  lounges  and  a  rec- 
reation area 

9  RICH  HALL  (1948) — Accommodates  126  women  in  two-room  suites  with  bath 
and  has  the  college  infirmary  and  Sara  J.  Walter  Lounge  for  non-resident  women. 

10.  JOHN  W.  LONG  HALL  (1 951 )  — College  administration  offices  :  President,  College 
Deans,  Treasurer,  Registrar,  Admissions,  Alumni  Affairs,  Public  Relations,  Publica- 
tions, and  Development.  Central  communications,  reception  area,  duplicating  and 
bulk  mail  services,  Conner  Memorial  Chapel. 

11.  ASBURY  HALL  (1  962)— Accommodates  154  men. 

12-15  ACADEMIC   CENTER    (1968): 

12.  LABORATORIES  AND  ARENA  THEATRE  — Language,  business,  mathematics,  and 
physics  laboratories,  Detwiler  Planetarium:  204  seat  thrust-stage  theatre:  90  seat 
Alumni  Lecture  Hall. 

1  3.  FACULTY  OFFICE  BUILDING  — Contains  69  private  faculty  offices,  seminar  rooms. 
725  seat  lecture  hall. 

14.  WENDLE  HALL — Spacious  Pennington  Lounge  is  an  informal  meeting  place  for 
students  and  faculty.  Psychology  laboratories,  20  classrooms. 

15.  LIBRARY — Can  accommodate  700  students  in  a  variety  of  study  and  reading 
situations,  has  a  capacity  of  250,000  volumes,  computer  center,  audio-visual  center. 

16.  GYMNASIUM  (1 923)  — Basketball  and  other  courts,  swimming  pool,  bowling 
alleys,  physical  education  offices. 

17.  CLARKE  CHAPEL  (1939) — Worship  services  and  other  events  in  auditorium, 
classrooms  and  faculty  offices  on  ground  floor. 

18.  SKEATH  HALL  (1  965)— Accommodates  184  men. 

19.  EVELAND    HALL    (1 91 2)  — Sculpture   and   art  studios. 

20.  BRADLEY  HALL  (1895) 

21.  SCIENCE  BUILDING  (1  957)  — Chemistn/  and  biology  lecture  rooms  and  labora- 
tories, faculty  offices. 

22     MAINTENANCE  BUILDING 


XIV 


XV 


■  nnaD[oiCTaocnnci7.. 


I j    Packing  lols 


MEST    THIKP    STBEK 


^0  MONTOURSVILLE 


DBDOBinpnaiPi^fc 


CANAL    STRE!:T 


OOOHS" 


^DDDDC 


X 


•t^^i^wTswrmffMHi^' 


LEGEND   TO   CITY    MAP 


1. 

County  Court  House 

7. 

Banks  (4) 

10 

Pine  Street  United 

2. 

City  Hall 

8. 

Lycoming  College 

Methodist  Church 

3. 

Public  Library 

8A. 

John  W  Long  Hall 

11. 

First  United 

4. 

Lycoming  Hotel 

(Administration  Building) 

Methodist  Church 

6. 

Theatres  (3) 

9. 

Chamber  of  Commerce 

12. 
13 

Williamsport  Consistory 
Bus  Terminal 

XVI 


This  is  Lycoming 
Purpose  and  Objectives 


Lycoming  College  encourages  the  search  for  meaning  within  a  world  of 
changing  values.  Although  its  primary  thrust  is  within  the  liberal  arts,  the 
College  recognizes  the  importance  of  vocational  emphases  to  assure 
competency  in  the  world  of  work. 

Free  inquiry  is  essential  to  the  pursuit  of  truth  and  self-understanding. 
Within  an  atmosphere  in  which  moral  and  religious  values  are  considered 
important,  Lycoming  College  stresses: 

(a)  Competency  in  the  use  of  language  and  appreciation  for  literature; 

(b)  Understanding  of  the  basic  principles  of  mathematics; 

(c)  Analysis  of  relationships  and  values  through  the  study  of  philo- 
sophy and  religion; 

(d)  Experience  in  scientific  method  and  knowledge; 

(e)  Basic  understanding  of  the  fine  arts  through  an  introduction  to 
music,  the  theatre,  or  the  history  of  art; 

(f)  Experience  in  the  methods  and  content  of  history,  social  sciences, 
and  the  behavioral  sciences,  with  at  least  an  introduction  to  eco- 
nomics, sociology,  history,  political  science,  or  psychology. 

(g)  The  importance  of  maintaining  sound  physical  and  mental  health. 

Beyond  the  level  of  general  education,  the  College  stresses  the  pursuit 
of  a  major.  This  presses  the  student  to  achieve  competency  in  a  more 
limited  area  and  encourages  greater  depth  and  sense  of  academic  achieve- 
ment. The  major  relates  to  increased  understanding  of  oneself  and  his 
world;  it  leads  both  to  graduate  school  and  to  vocation.  Majors  are  not 
confined  to  single  departments  of  the  College;  increasingly  they  are  inter- 
departmental in  nature,  thus  permitting  the  student  a  wider  range  of  ex- 
perience in  related  fields. 

The  College  believes  that  the  classroom  is  but  one  important  phase  of 
the  academic  program.  The  student  also  lives  in  a  residential  unit  or  com- 
mutes from  home.  He  participates  in  multitudinous  "activities'"  or  in 
none  at  all.  More  recently  he  has  been  encouraged  to  take  part  in  "the 
governance  of  the  college"  and  to  express  freely  his  own  aims,  ac- 
complishments, and  frustrations.  These  must  each  be  the  concern  of  the 
College. 

Lycoming  College  firmly  believes  that  the  search  for  values  within  the 
historical  setting  of  religious  concern  must  be  the  function  of  the  entire 
institution.  All  of  campus  life,  and  not  simply  the  activities  of  classroom 
and  chapel,  must  actively  assist  the  student  to  discover  his  true  vocation 
as  a  human  bemg. 

1 


History  and  Traditions 


Founded  in  1812  as  Williamsport  Academy,  it  is  the  oldest  educational 
institution  in  the  city  of  Williamsport.  At  first,  the  Academy  served  only 
the  young  through  what  are  now  recognized  as  the  elementary  grades. 
With  the  advent  of  public  schools  in  the  city,  the  Academy  expanded  its 
curricular  offerings  to  include  high  school  and  college  preparatory  work. 

In  1848,  under  the  patronage  of  The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  the 
Academy  became  Williamsport  Dickinson  Seminary.  The  Seminary  con- 
tinued as  a  private  boarding  school  until  1929  when  once  again  its  offer- 
ings were  expanded,  this  time  to  include  two  years  of  college  work.  This 
expansion  resulted  in  a  change  of  the  institution's  name  to  Williamsport 
Dickinson  Junior  College.  During  its  years  as  a  junior  college  under 
President  John  W.  Long,  the  institution  forged  a  strong  academic  repu- 
tation, strengthened  its  faculty  and  expanded  its  physical  plant. 

Increasing  national  demands  for  higher  education  following  World 
War  II  prompted  another  significant  step  in  the  growth  of  the  institution. 
In  1948,  the  junior  college  became  Lycoming  College,  a  four-year  degree- 
granting  college  of  liberal  arts  and  sciences. 

Lycoming  College  is  approved  to  grant  baccalaureate  degrees  by  the 
Pennsylvania  State  Department  of  Education.  The  College  is  accredited 
by  the  Middle  States  Association  of  Colleges  and  Secondary  Schools 
and  the  University  Senate  of  The  United  Methodist  Church.  Lycoming 
is  a  member  of  the  Pennsylvania  Association  of  Colleges  and  Uni- 
versities, the  National  Association  of  Schools  and  Colleges  of  The  United 
Methodist  Church,  the  Association  of  American  Colleges,  and  the 
National  Commission  on  Accrediting. 

The  name  Lycoming  is  derived  from  an  Indian  word  "lacomic"  mean- 
ing "Great  Stream.'"  It  is  a  name  that  has  been  common  to  north 
central  Pennsylvania  since  colonial  times  and  is  an  appropriate  one  for 
a  school  whose  purpose  has  been  consistently  that  of  educating  the  area's 
young  men  and  women.  Through  fulfillment  of  its  specific  objectives,  it 
has  been  and  continues  to  be  an  influential  voice  in  the  educational, 
cultural  and  spiritual  development  of  the  entire  north  central  Pennsyl- 
vania region. 


HISTORY  AND  TRADITIONS/3 

Through  more  than  a  century  of  its  history,  the  college  has  had  the 
stabilizing  influence  of  The  United  Methodist  Church.  The  evolution  of 
Lycoming  from  its  origins  to  its  present  status  has  been  accomplished 
with  the  continuous  conviction  that  a  Christian  philosophy  of  life  is  a 
proper  leaven  of  higher  education.  Lycoming  fosters  a  Christian  atmos- 
phere in  all  aspects  of  the  college  program  and  stresses  the  development 
and  practice  of  a  Christian  way  of  life. 

Faculty  and  students  express  their  religious  convictions  through 
membership  and  participation  in  nearly  thirty  Protestant  denominations 
as  well  as  the  Roman  Catholic  and  Hebrew  faiths.  Significant  oppor- 
tunities are  off'ered  every  student  for  personal  expression  of  religious  faith. 

Lycoming  College  firmly  believes  in  Christian  higher  education.  One 
of  its  major  objectives  is  continuous  affirmation  of  the  validity  of  the 
Christian  faith  as  a  way  of  life.  Fulfillment  of  this  objective  is  aided  by 
the  support  of  a  strong  Department  of  Religion.  This  department  was 
established  through  the  generosity  of  the  late  Honorable  M.  B.  Rich,  for 
ten  years  President  of  the  Board  of  Directors. 

An  emphasis  upon  Christian  worship  and  thought  is  offered  by  the 
weekly  chapel  program  which  brings  outstanding  religious  leaders  to  the 
campus  to  share  contemporary  religious  thinking  with  the  students. 


^^: 


-:'K 


''h£^^ 


.^ 


liAW 


Academic  Program 


Admissions 


Admissions  Policy 

The  College  Committee  on  Admissions  sets  policy  and  recommends 
the  standard  to  guide  the  selection  of  candidates.  Selective  admission  is 
based  on  academic  achievement  reflected  in  school  records,  class  rank, 
and  SAT  scores.  In  addition,  subjects  studied,  counselor  and  teacher 
recommendations,  and  other  available  information  that  might  identify 
well-qualified  candidates  are  considered. 

Academic  Requirements 

1.  Graduation  from  an  approved  secondary  school  is  required. 

2.  Although  a  set  pattern  of  high  school  subjects  is  not  required,  a  strong 
program  of  academic  subjects  is  recommended  as  the  most  desirable 
preparation  for  college.  This  should  include  a  total  of  15  or  16  aca- 
demic units  with  substantial  work  in  the  areas  of  English  and  mathe- 
matics, and  additional  work  in  foreign  language,  social  studies,  and 
science.* 

3.  The  College  Board  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  is  required.  Acceptable 
scores  are  considered  in  the  light  of  other  academic  information. 

Selection  Process 

Applications  are  accepted  until  March  1,  after  which  the  selection 
process  begins.  Criteria  have  been  established  to  identify  well-qualified 
candidates  who  are  sincerely  motivated  to  high  academic  performance. 

♦Prospective  music  majors  must  provide  a  letter  of  recommendation  from  the  applicants"  private 
teacher  and/or  high  school  music  supervisor. 


APPLICATION  PROCEDURE/ 5 

Although  it  might  seem,  with  the  emphasis  placed  on  test  scores,  class 
rank,  and  other  statistical  information,  that  numbers  are  all  important, 
this  premise  is  not  entirely  so.  Many  hours  are  devoted  to  reading  ap- 
plications, personal  recommendations,  counselor's  evaluations  and  other 
available  information.  In  addition,  phone  calls  and  letters  are  frequent!) 
exchanged  in  an  effort  to  discern  the  qualities  in  an  applicant  which  pla> 
an  important  part  in  the  success  of  the  student  at  Lycoming.  Each 
candidate  is  carefully  considered  in  a  very  personal  way. 

Candidates  are  notified  of  the  committee's  decision  sometime  after 
March  15,  but  before  April  1.  Those  selected  are  required  to  pay  a  $100 
tee  no  later  than  May  1.  This  amount  is  not  an  extra  charge  but  is  used 
to  reserve  a  space  at  the  college  for  the  fall  and  each  succeeding  semester 
for  which  the  student  is  eligible  to  return.  It  will  be  applied  toward  the 
charges  of  the  last  semester  in  residence,  normally  the  semester  prior  to 
graduation.  When  a  student  decides  to  terminate  his  enrollment  at 
Lycoming  College  prior  to  graduation,  this  fee  will  be  refunded  when  a 
written  request  is  made  to  the  Registrar  before  the  end  of  the  student's 
eighth  week  of  his  last  semester. 

EARLY  DECISION  PLAN.  Lycoming  College  has  adopted  an  Early 
Decision  Plan  which  will  permit  the  Director  of  Admissions  to  notify 
well-qualified  candidates  at  the  beginning  of  their  senior  year  in  high 
school  that  their  admission  to  the  college  is  assured  upon  graduation.  To 
be  considered  under  the  early  decision  plan,  a  candidate  must  complete 
application  requirements  before  November  1.  Candidates  accepted  in 
this  category  will  be  notified  by  December  1  and  will  be  required  to  Day  a 
SI 00  fee. 

FARLY  NOTIFICATION.  Appraisal  of  an  applicant's  credentials  will  be 
sent  (approximately  15  days  following  written  request)  to  candidates  who 
designate  Lycoming  as  first  preference. 

Application  Procedure 

1 .  Persons  desiring  to  apply  for  admission  should  request  official  forms 
from  the  Director  of  Admissions. 

2.  The  Admissions  Office  compiles  a  personal  folder  for  each  applicant 
and  the  following  items  must  be  submitted  before  a  candidate  is  con- 
sidered for  admission.  These  items  should  be  received  at  the  college 
before  March  I. 

a)    A  completed  application  for  admission  and  secondary  school  rec- 
ord. 
h)    A  recent  photograph  (approximately  2"  x  3"). 

c)  A  fee  of  SI 5.  which  is  a  processing  charge  and  is  not  refundable. 

d)  Confidential  reports  from  two  persons  listed  as  references  in  the 
application. 

Note:  Forms  are  supplied  bv  the  college  for  items  (</)  and  id). 


6/ADVANCED  STANDING  BY  PLACEMENT 

e)  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test  scores  of  the  College  Entrance  Examina- 
tion Board.  Results  from  the  test  written  during  the  senior  year  are 
preferred.  Results  from  the  test  written  during  the  junior  year  may 
be  accepted  for  early  decision  candidates. 

Note:  It  is  recommended  that  candidates  who  write  achievement 
tests  have  the  results  reported. 
3.  Candidates  are  invited  to  visit  the  campus  and  to  meet  with  the  Direc- 
tor of  Admissions  or  a  representative  of  the  Admissions  Office.  This 
time  provides  an  opportunity  for  reviewing  the  candidate's  credential 
file,  discussing  plans,  and  answering  questions. 


Advanced  Standing  by  Placement 

Students  entering  as  freshmen,  who  have  studied  an  advanced  course 
while  in  secondary  school  and  have  taken  the  appropriate  advanced 
placement  examination  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board,  are 
encouraged  to  apply  for  credit  and  placement.  A  grade  of  three  or  above 
is  generally  considered  to  be  satisfactory. 

Grades  of  the  examinations  and  supporting  materials  are  evaluated  in 
deciding  whether  a  candidate  is  given  credit  with  advanced  placement  or 
advanced  placement  only.  Credit  given  is  entered  upon  the  student's 
record  without  charge  for  tuition. 

Students  may  also  receive  advanced  placement  by  examinations  ad- 
ministered at  the  college  during  Freshmen  Orientation  Periods.  Exami- 
nations at  this  time  may  be  taken  in  chemistry,  foreign  languages,  and 
mathematics. 


Advanced  Standing  by  Examination 

Students  may  earn  college  credit  for  superior  achievement  on  the 
College  Level  Examination  Program  (CLEP)  sponsored  by  the  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board.  By  achieving  at  the  75th  percentile  or 
above  on  the  General  Examinations  and  the  65th  percentile  or  above  on 
the  Subject  Examinations,  students  may  earn  up  to  50  percent  of  the 
course  requirements  tor  the  B.A.  degree.  These  examinations  are  ad- 
ministered the  third  week  of  each  month  at  regional  testing  locations 
around  the  nation.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar.  While  these  examinations  may  be  taken  after  enrollment 
at  the  College,  entering  freshmen  are  encouraged  to  take  the  examina- 
tions of  their  choice  during  the  second  semester  of  their  senior  year  in 
high  school  so  that  the  College  will  have  the  test  scores  prior  to  registra- 
tion in  order  that  the  student  may  be  placed  at  his  level  of  competence. 


admission  as  a  special  student/7 

Advanced  Standing  by  Transfer 

Transfer  students  applying  to  Lycoming  College  shall  have  their 
records  evaluated  by  the  Registrar  prior  to  admission.  A  transfer  student 
must  meet  the  minimum  requirements  for  normal  progress  toward  the 
degree,  as  defined  for  Lycoming  College  students,  in  order  to  be  consid- 
ered for  admission.  A  transfer  student  shall  have  his  class  status  de- 
termined by  the  number  of  course  credit  hours  in  which  he  was  enrolled 
at  the  previous  institution(s). 

The  guidelines  used  by  the  Registrar  in  determining  the  status  of 
transfer  students  are  as  follows:  (a)  Courses  in  which  ''C"  or  better 
grades  were  earned  shall  not  be  charged  against  the  student  if  these 
courses  are  not  transferrable  because  they  are  not  comparable  to  courses 
offered  at  Lycoming  College,  (b)  "D'"  grades  up  to  the  maximum  allowed 
by  Lycoming  College  shall  be  charged  against  the  transfer  student  in 
determining  student  status,  (c)  No  student  shall  be  permitted  to  enroll  in 
more  than  a  maximum  of  164  credit  hours  in  all  institutions  attended  in 
order  to  earn  the  minimum  number  of  courses  and  grade  point  average 
required  for  graduation,  (d)  Students  must  be  in  good  academic  standing 
to  be  admitted  on  transfer. 

If  an  interview  is  to  be  required,  a  mutually  convenient  time  will  be 
arranged. 


Admission  to  the  Summer  Session 

Students  who  are  candidates  for  degrees  at  Lycoming  College  are 
eligible  to  register  for  the  Summer  Session. 

A  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  from  another  college  may 
enter  the  Summer  Session  upon  certification  by  the  dean  of  that  institu- 
tion that  the  applicant  is  an  enrolled  student  and  that  the  courses  taken  at 
Lycoming  will  be  accepted  for  credit  if  they  are  passed  with  certifying 
grades. 

Others  applying  for  admission  to  the  Summer  Session  may  be  ac- 
cepted only  upon  presentation  of  official  evidence  of  preparation  to  meet 
the  regular  admissions  requirements.  An  application  form  is  available 
from  the  Admissions  Office.  A  summer  school  brochure  will  be  available 
upon  request  during  the  spring. 


Admission  as  a  Special  Student 

Lycoming  College  offers  a  number  of  courses  in  the  late  afternoon  and 
evening.  These  are  a  part  of  the  regular  college  program  and  are  open  to 
all  qualified  students.  Students  who  wish  to  enroll  in  one  or  more  of 
these  courses  must  be  admitted,  through  the  Admissions  Office,  as  a 
special  student. 


8/ADMlSSFONS  OFFICE 

Admissions  Office 

The  Admissions  Office  is  located  on  the  first  floor  of  Long  Hall.  For  an 
appointment  please  write  or  call  the  Admissions  Office.  The  telephone 
number  is  Williamsport  717-326-1951. 

Office  hours  are: 

Monday  Through  Friday 9:00  a.m.  to  5:00  p.m. 

Saturday 9:00  a.m.  to  12:00  noon 

(No  Saturday  hours  during  the  months  oj  June,  July  and  August) 

Individual  interviews  are  scheduled: 

Weekdays 10:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m. 

Saturday 9:00  a.m.  to  12:00  noon 


Standards 


Graduation  Requirements 

Every  degree  candidate  must  complete  his  academic  program  by 
passing  a  minimum  of  thirty-two  (32)  unit  courses  with  an  average  of 
"C"  or  better.  This  must  be  accomphshed  within  a  hmit  of  thirty-eight 
(38)  unit  courses  taken  or  the  equivalent.  In  the  case  of  withdrawals,  the 
attempted  course  will  be  considered  one  of  the  total  number  of  courses 
permitted,  except  in  the  case  of  withdrawals  for  medical  and  psychologi- 
cal reasons.  Requirements  for  graduation  must  be  met  within  seven  years 
of  continuous  enrollment  following  the  date  of  matriculation.  Exceptions 
applying  to  part-time  students  may  be  made  by  the  Committee  on 
Academic  Standing.  The  candidate  also  completes  a  major  that  consists 
of  at  least  eight  (8)  unit  courses.  A  degree  candidate  must  have  an 
average  of  "C  or  better  for  all  courses  counted  in  his  major. 

Additional  requirements  are: 

One  year  of  credit  in  Physical  Education  must  be  earned. 

Attendance  at  Freshmen  Orientation  Period  is  required. 

All  financial  obligations  incurred  at  the  college  must  be  paid. 

The  final  two  semesters  and  at  least  seven  other  courses  to  be  offered 
for  a  degree  must  have  been  taken  at  Lycoming  College. 

When,  in  the  case  of  any  student,  the  need  for  consideration  of  ex- 
emptions or  waivers  of  specific  requirements  arises,  all  such  cases  are 
reviewed  by  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standing. 

Academic  Honors 

The  Dean's  List  is  issued  at  the  close  of  each  semester  in  recognition  of 
superior  scholarship.  Students  are  admitted  to  the  Dean's  List  when  they 
have  completed  at  least  three  courses  with  other  than  S/U  and  have  a 
minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.50  for  the  semester. 

Students  may  be  awarded  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  Degree  with  Honors 
only  when  24  or  more  unit  courses  have  been  taken  at  Lycoming  College. 

Bachelor  of  Arts,  summa  cum  laude-a  3.90  grade  point  average. 

Bachelor  of  Arts,  magna  cum  laude-a  3.50  grade  point  average. 

Bachelor  of  Arts,  cum  laude-a  3.25  grade  point  average. 

High  quality  scholarship  is  also  recognized  by  the  election  of  students 
to  membership  in  The  Sachem.  Gold  Key.  Blue  Key,  Phi  Alpha  Theta, 
and  Omicron  Delta  Epsilon. 


10/ACADEMIC  STANDING 


Academic  Standing 


All  students  must  complete  a  minimum  of  fifteen  (15)  unit  courses  with 
an  average  of  "C"  or  better  to  be  advanced  to  upper  division  standing 
(junior  year).  A  student  whose  cumulative  or  semester  average  falls 
below  "C"  is  considered  to  be  in  academic  difficulty  and  his  academic 
record  will  be  reviewed  by  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standing.  Such 
students  may  be  placed  on  academic  probation,  suspended,  or  dismissed 
by  the  Committee  on  Academic  Standing  according  to  regulations  estab- 
lished by  the  Faculty. 


Grading  System 

The  college  uses  the  traditional  letter  system  of  grading:  A  B  C  D  F, 
or  Satisfactory/ Unsatisfactory. 

Any  student  enrolled  full-time  at  Lycoming  College  may  elect  to  take 
up  to  a  maximum  of  four  courses  on  a  Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  basis. 
Only  one  course  may  be  taken  on  this  basis  during  any  semester.  No 
course  taken  by  a  student  on  a  S/U  basis  after  the  declaration  of  his 
major  and  his  approval  by  the  department  involved  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  a  requirement  of  that  major. 

A  student  must  be  in  good  academic  standing  in  order  to  elect  a 
course  on  the  Satisfactory/Unsatisfactory  basis  during  a  summer  session. 
By  the  tenth  day  after  the  first  day  of  class  students  must  declare  in  the 
Registrar's  Office  their  intentions  to  be  graded  on  a  S/U  basis.  The 
grading  procedure  cannot  be  changed  after  this  declaration.  Unless  a 
student  chooses  to  do  so  himself,  instructors  will  not  be  notified  of  the 
decision  to  elect  the  S/U  option.  Those  students  admitted  to  the  College 
Scholar  Program  may  elect  to  enroll  in  four  courses  on  a  Satisfactory/ 
Unsatisfactory  basis  in  addition  to  those  courses  in  the  College  Scholar 
Program  where  enrollment  on  a  S/U  basis  may  be  required.  Enrollment 
in  these  four  courses  will  be  according  to  the  regulations  of  the  Satis- 
factory/Unsatisfactory policy  established  by  the  Faculty. 

A  student  will  receive  full  credit  for  a  course  passed  with  a  Satisfac- 
tory grade.  Neither  the  "S"  nor  the  "U"  will  count  in  computing  the 
grade  point  average. 

Incomplete  grades  may  be  given  where  the  student,  for  absolutely 
unavoidable  reasons,  has  not  been  able  to  complete  the  work  requisite 
to  the  course.  Such  circumstances  usually  stem  from  medical  sources. 
An  incomplete  grade  must  be  removed  within  six  (6)  weeks  of  the  next 
regular  semester. 


ACADEMIC  HONESTY/ II 


Class  Attendance 


The  academic  program  at  Lycoming  is  based  upon  the  assumption 
that  there  is  value  in  class  attendance  for  all  students.  Individual  in- 
structors have  the  prerogative  of  establishing  reasonable  absence 
regulations  in  any  given  course.  Responsibility  for  learning  and  ob- 
serving these  regulations  rests  with  the  student. 


Mid-Semester  Evaluations  For  Freshmen 

Mid-Semester  evaluations  are  reported  for  freshman  students  who  are 
deficient.  These  reports  are  filed  with  the  Registrar  who  then  reports 
them  to  the  students  concerned  and  their  faculty  advisors.  The  evaluation 
report  from  the  instructor  may  be  one  of  two  types:  (a)  submission  of  a 
letter  grade  of  "D"'  or  "F";  (b)  submission  of  a  written  evaluation  for 
those  freshmen  who  are  performing  below  the  satisfactory  level. 

Withdrawing  From  Courses 

A  student  may  drop  any  course  during  the  first  two  weeks  of  classes 
and  no  record  of  such  enrollment  shall  be  made  on  his  permanent  record 
card.  A  student  may  also  add  any  course  during  the  first  two  weeks  of 
classes,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  instructor.  Any  student  who  wishes 
to  drop  a  course  after  the  second  week  of  classes  must  secure  a  with- 
drawal card  from  the  Ofl!ice  of  the  Registrar.  The  student  must  present 
this  card  to  the  instructor  of  the  course  in  question  who  will  then  assign 
one  of  the  following  grades: 

W    — Progress  at  the  time  of  withdrawal  cannot  be  determined. 

WP — Progress  at  the  time  of  withdrawal  is  satisfactory. 

WF — Progress  at  the  time  of  withdrawal  is  unsatisfactory. 

This  grade  is  then  entered  on  the  student's  permanent  record  card.  No 
withdrawal  grade  is  counted  in  the  computation  of  the  grade  point 
average,  but  the  course  from  which  the  student  withdraws  is  counted  as 
one  of  the  thirty-eight  (38)  unit  courses  to  which  the  student  is  limited  in 
completing  his  education  at  Lycoming. 


Academic  Honesty 

The  integrity  of  the  academic  process  of  the  College  requires  honesty 
in  all  phases  of  the  instructional  program.  The  College  assumes  that  stu- 
dents are  committed  to  the  principle  of  academic  honesty.  Students  who 
fail  to  honor  this  commitment  are  subject  to  dismissal  from  the  College. 
Procedural  guidelines  and  rules  for  the  adjudication  of  cases  of  academic 
dishonesty  are  printed  in  the  Faculty  Handbook  which  is  available  to 
students  in  the  library. 


Degree  Programs 


Lycoming  College  is  a  liberal  arts  institution  granting  the  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree.  A  degree  candidate  must  fulfill  certain  minimal  course  re- 
quirements in  breadth  of  learning — the  distribution  requirements — and 
in  depth  of  learning  in  a  chosen  subject  matter  field — the  major. 

Instruction  at  Lycoming  College  is  organized,  with  few  exceptions,  on 
a  departmental  basis.  Nearly  all  courses  are  unit  courses,  meaning  that 
each  course  taken  by  the  student  is  considered  to  carry  the  same  academ- 
ic value  as  any  other  course.  For  transfer  purposes  each  course  is  con- 
sidered to  be  equivalent  to  four  semester  hours  of  academic  work.  This 
does  not  mean  that  all  courses  will  meet  for  four  one-hour  lectures  each 
week  although  many  will  do  so.  Rather  each  course  meets  on  a  schedule 
set  by  the  department  and  the  instructor  involved.  Such  meetings  may  be 
on  a  lecture,  discussion,  laboratory  or  tutorial  basis.  Varying  amounts  of 
additional  reading,  writing,  study  and  research  will  be  required  for  each 
course.  The  number  of  actual  class  meetings  may  vary  from  two  to  six  or 
seven  per  week. 

Normally  each  student  will  elect  four  courses  each  semester,  although 
in  unusual  circumstances  a  student  may  take  more  or  less  than  this 
number.  One  unit  course  may  be  elected  during  each  of  the  four-week 
summer  sessions  and  the  May  term.  Students  may  elect  to  enroll  in  five 
(5)  courses  during  any  semester  provided  they  were  admitted  to  the 
Dean's  List  during  the  preceding  semester  while  carrying  at  least  four 
unit  courses.  Exceptions  may  be  made  by  the  Committee  on  Academic 
Standing. 


The  Major 

Except  for  individuals  in  the  Lycoming  Scholar  program,  all  students 
will  complete  a  series  of  courses  in  a  field  of  concentration  known  as  the 
major.  The  minimum  number  of  such  courses  in  any  case  is  eight,  and, 
except  for  interdisciplinary  majors,  the  concentration  is  within  a  given 
department  of  the  college. 


12 


ADMISSION  TO  THE   MAJOR/ 13 

Departmental  Majors 

Majors  are  available  in  the  following  departments: 

Accounting  History 

Art  Mathematics 

Biology  Music 

Business  Administration  Philosophy 

Chemistry  Physics 

Economics  Political  Science 

English  Psychology 

Foreign  Languages  Religion 

French  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

German  Theatre 

Russian 

Spanish 

Interdisciplinary  Majors 

An  interdisciplinary  major  can  be  elected  instead  of  one  of  the  de- 
partmental majors  listed  above.  Two  or  more  departments  working 
together  establish  these  programs  which  must  be  approved  by  the  Com- 
mittee on  Interdisciplinary  Majors.  Examples  of  established  interdis- 
ciplinary majors  are:  Accounting-Mathematics.  Literature,  Near 
Eastern  Culture  and  Archeology,  and  Soviet  Area  Studies.  For  a  de- 
scription of  these  majors,  see  page  56. 

A  student  may  take  the  initiative  in  designing  a  unique  interdiscipli- 
nary major  in  consultation  with  his  faculty  advisor.  The  Committee  on 
Interdisciplinary  Majors  must  approve  such  programs. 

Guidelines  for  individual  interdisciplinary  majors  are  as  follows:  (a) 
Any  student  who  is  eligible  to  apply  for  a  departmental  major  is  eligible 
to  apply  for  an  individual  interdisciplinary  major,  (b)  Normally  two  or 
three  departments  are  involved,  (c)  A  minimum  of  ten  courses  beyond 
those  satisfying  the  distribution  requirements  is  expected.  If  the  inter- 
disciplinary major  involves  departments  not  included  in  meeting  the 
distribution  requirements,  then  the  ten  courses  may  include  elementary 
courses  usually  used  to  satisfy  distribution  requirements.  However,  the 
student  is  expected  to  take  at  least  six  courses  at  the  advanced  (Junior  or 
Senior)  level  as  determined  in  consultation  with  his  advisors,  (d)  Students 
are  advised  by  a  committee  composed  of  one  instructor  from  each  de- 
partment involved,  with  the  chairman  selected  by  the  student. 


Admission  To  The  Major 

Admission  to  a  major  is  not  automatic.  Students  desiring  an  individual 
interdisciplinary  major  apply  to  the  Committee  on   Interdisciplinary 


14/THE  DISTRIBUTION   REQUIREMENTS 

Majors.  Those  who  wish  to  be  admitted  to  an  estabhshed  interdis- 
ciphnary  major  apply  to  the  coordinating  committee  for  that  major. 
Students  who  wish  to  be  admitted  to  a  departmental  major  must  secure 
the  approval  of  the  department  involved  and  must  meet  the  requirements 
established  by  the  department  for  admission  to  the  major.  Students 
contemplating  a  departmental  major  should  secure  the  requirements  for 
admission  to  that  major  from  the  departmental  chairman.  Applications 
for  a  departmental  major  may  be  denied  for  academic  reasons  only. 
When  a  student  has  been  denied  admission  to  a  major,  he  may  appeal  to 
the  Committee  on  Academic  Standing  which,  in  consultation  with  the 
student  and  the  department,  will  make  the  final  decision.  Students  who 
have  not  been  admitted  to  a  major  by  the  beginning  of  their  junior  year 
are  subject  to  dismissal  from  the  College. 


The  Distribution  Requirements 

One  of  the  reasons  a  student  chooses  to  come  to  Lycoming  College  is  a 
desire  to  obtain  a  breadth  of  knowledge  in  many  areas,  a  liberal  arts  ed- 
ucation. A  student  that  deliberately  elects  to  attend  a  liberal  arts  college 
is  interested  in  more  than  training  in  a  narrow  major;  he  wants  knowl- 
edge in  an  area  of  special  interest,  his  major,  amplified  by  exploration 
into  kindred  and  "unrelated"  fields. 

Lycoming  College,  being  a  liberal  arts  institution,  insists  that  a  major 
program  of  study  be  supported  and  challenged  by  the  influences  of  a 
diversity  of  subjects.  The  major  must  not  become  narrow  in  its  vision  and 
sterile  in  its  ability  to  help  the  student  function  eff'ectively  in  a  world 
where  nothing  is  neatly  isolated  and  compartmentalized.  The  College  be- 
lieves that  the  essence  of  liberal  education  is  its  potential  for  exposing  the 
student  to  the  multitude  of  historical,  traditional,  and  contemporary 
avenues  of  thought  and  action  which  are  brought  to  light  in  different 
ways  through  the  study  of  various  disciplines. 

By  taking  different  kinds  of  subjects,  a  student  can  discover  numerous 
ways  of  seeing  things.  He  can  gain  the  advantage  of  learning  to  view 
events  and  approach  problems  and  questions  from  various  points  of 
view.  He  can  discover  that  the  interpretation  of  events  and  the  relevance 
of  solutions  and  answers  will  vary  greatly  for  diff"erent  individuals  and 
groups. 

To  have  its  students  achieve  at  least  a  minimal  insight  into  this  multi- 
plicity of  perspective,  thought,  and  reaction,  Lycoming  College  requires 
that  they  select  some  of  their  courses  from  six  groups  of  courses  as  out- 
lined below.  The  aim  is  not  the  garnering  of  specific,  prescribed  infor- 
mation, but  rather,  the  development  of  a  broadly  based  perspective  of  all 
aspects  of  life. 


FINE  ARTS/ 15 

The  distribution  requirements  in  freshman  Enghsh,  Mathematics, 
Fine  Arts,  Natural  Science,  and  History  and  Social  Science  may  be  met 
by  superior  performance  on  the  General  Examinations  of  the  College 
Level  Examination  Program.  Further  information  may  be  obtained  from 
the  Office  of  the  Registrar. 

ENGLISH.  All  students  are  required  to  pass  English  I  and  one  other 

English  course. 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  OR  MATHEMATICS.  All  studcnts  are  required  to  meet  a 
minimum  basic  requirement  in  cither  a  foreign  language  or  mathematics. 

Foreign  Language.  Students  electing  to  take  a  foreign  language  may 
choose  from  among  French,  German,  Greek,  Hebrew,  Russian,  or 
Spanish.  The  student  is  required  to  pass  two  courses  on  the  inter- 
mediate or  a  higher  course  level.  Placement  at  the  appropriate  course 
level  will  be  determined  by  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages. 

No  student  who  has  had  two  or  more  years  of  a  given  foreign  lan- 
guage in  high  school  shall  be  admitted  to  the  elementary  course  in  that 
same  language  for  credit,  except  by  written  permission  from  the  chair- 
man of  the  department. 

Mathematics.  Students  electing  mathematics  must  complete  four 
courses  in  mathematics.  By  passing  proficiency  examinations  on  the 
content  of  Mathematics  1  and  Mathematics  2,  a  student  may  reduce 
this  requirement  to  two  other  courses.  These  examinations  are 
normally  offered  during  the  Freshman  Orientation  Period. 

RELIGION  OR  PHILOSOPHY.  All  studcuts  are  required  to  pass  one  year  (two 
courses  in  the  same  subject)  in  either  philosophy  or  religion. 

Philosophy.  A  student  electing  the  philosophy  option  usually  begins 
with  Philosophy  10  and  usually  selects  a  second  course  from  among 
those  numbered  16  through  29. 

Religion.  The  distribution  requirement  may  be  satisfied  by  completing 
two  religion  courses,  at  least  one  of  which  must  be  10,  13,  or  14. 

FINE  ARTS.  All  students  are  required  to  pass  one  year  (two  courses)  in 
one  of  the  following: 

Art.  Any  two  art  courses  will  satisfy  this  requirement. 

Literature.  Students  may  elect  one  year  (two  courses)  of  literature  in 
the  English  Department  from  the  courses  numbered  20  or  above,  or 
one  year  (two  courses)  of  literature  in  the  Department  of  Foreign 
Languages  and  Literature  from  the  courses  numbered  33  or  above. 


16/NATURAL  SCIENCE 

Music.  Any  combination  of  music  courses  totaling  the  equivalent  of 
two  full-unit  courses  (academic  full-unit  courses — Music  1  through  46 
and  Music  70s;  or  applied  fraction  unit  courses — Music  60  through  69) 
will  satisfy  this  requirement.  A  student  can  earn  the  equivalent  of  two 
full  units  in  Music  in  one  of  the  following  ways: 

1 .  Take  two  full-unit  academic  courses  from  those  numbered  Music  1 
through  46  and  Music  70s, 

2.  Take  a  total  of  two  full  units  of  applied  music,  from  courses 
numbered  Music  60  through  69,  which  are  earned  fractionally  as 
follows: 

a.  1/10  unit  per  semester  for  one  half  hour  of  instruction  per  week 
in  courses  numbered  60  through  66. 

b.  2/10  unit  per  semester  for  one  hour  of  instruction  per  week  in 
courses  numbered  60  through  66. 

c.  2/10  unit  per  semester  for  music  67,  68,  or  69. 

3.  Take  one  full-unit  academic  course  (Music  1  through  46  and  Music 
70s)  plus  the  equivalent  of  one  full-unit  course  (10/10)  earned 
fractionally  in  applied  music  courses  60  through  69  as  explained  in 
"2"  above. 

Theatre.  Any  two  theatre  courses  numbered  10  and  above  will  satisfy 
this  requirement. 

NATURAL  SCIENCE.   All   studcuts  are  required   to   pass  one  year  (any 
two  courses)  in  one  of  the  following:  biology,  chemistry,  or  physics. 

HISTORY  AND  SOCIAL  SCIENCE.  All  studcnts  are  required  to  pass  one  year 
(two  courses)  in  one  of  the  following: 

Economics.  Take  any  two  courses. 

History.  Take  any  two  courses. 

Political  Science.  Take  any  two  courses. 

Psychology.  Take  Psychology  10  plus  one  course  chosen  from  among 

Psychology  15,  16,  30,  31,  32,  or  38. 

Sociology / Anthropology.  Take  Sociology  10  plus  one  other  course. 


Special  Opportunities  for  Students 

The  changing  nature  o'i  American  education  finds  greater  emphasis 
than  ever  before  upon  the  development  of  significant  opportunities  for 
self-fulfillment  among  students.  Pertinent  educational  goals  demand  that 
every  student  shall  be  accorded  an  opportunity  to  pursue  a  program  that 
offers  him  the  best  chance  to  realize  his  intellectual  potential.  It  is  for  this 
reason,  that  Lycoming  has  developed  a  curriculum  that  allows  a  maxi- 
mum flexibility  in  course  selection,  especially  among  those  courses  that 
support  the  major  as  well  as  those  that  effectively  meet  the  requirements 
of  the  college's  objectives  in  liberal  education.  But  wide  variety  in  course 


INDEPENDENT  STUDY/ 17 

selection  does  not  always  allow  as  completely  individualistic  a  program 
as  one  might  wish.  Therefore,  a  variety  of  Special  Education  opportuni- 
ties is  provided.  Lycoming  College  cannot  assume  responsibility  for  the 
health,  safety,  or  welfare  of  any  student  while  engaged  in  or  enroute  to  or 
from  any  off-campus  studies  or  activities  which  are  not  under  the  ex- 
clusive jurisdiction  of  this  institution. 

LYCOMING  SCHOLAR  PROGRAM.  This  program  IS  designed  to  meet  the 
needs  of  a  small  number  of  exceptional  students  who  would  profit  from 
a  more  flexible  curriculum  than  that  normally  required.  The  Lycoming 
Scholar  may  choose,  depending  on  his  background  and  interests,  a  pro- 
gram which  allows  (a)  greater  specialization  or  (b)  more  interdisciplinary 
work  than  the  regular  curriculum  permits. 

A  Lycoming  Scholar  may  be  elected  in  either  of  two  ways: 

1.  By  having  been  elected  in  competition  with  other  applicants,  prior 
to  enrollment  at  Lycoming. 

2.  By  being  selected  by  the  Lycoming  Scholar  Council,  which  adminis- 
ters the  program,  on  the  basis  of  proven  performance  at  Lycoming 
College.  Any  student  may  apply  "for  admission  up  to  the  beginning 
of  his  junior  year,  provided  he  has  maintained  a  grade  point  average 
of  3.25  or  higher  for  two  consecutive  semesters  at  the  time  of  appli- 
cation. Selection  by  the  council  is  based  on  board  scores,  high  school 
record,  college  record,  interviews,  and  faculty  recommendations. 

Each  Lycoming  Scholar  will  be  assigned  to  a  professor  by  the  council. 
Jointly,  they  will  construct  a  college  program  suited  to  the  needs  of  the 
student.  In  general  all  curricular  requirements,  with  the  exception  of 
successful  completion  of  thirty-two  unit  courses,  are  waived.  Lycoming 
Scholars  are  permitted  to  take  more  or  fewer  than  four  unit  courses  at  a 
time;  may  substitute,  with  permission  of  the  instructor,  an  independent 
study  program  for  any  course;  may  take  independent  reading  or  research 
courses;  and  will  engage  in  special  seminars  conducted  by  members  of 
the  Lycoming  Scholar  Council. 

If  the  performance  of  a  Lycoming  Scholar  is  unsatisfactory  he  may  be 
dropped  from  the  program.  Such  a  student  will  be  expected  to  complete 
a  major  if  possible  and  to  complete  the  curricular  requirements  set  by 
the  council. 

The  student  should  note  that  no  financial  aid  is  automatically  granted 
any  Lycoming  Scholar.  No  aid  automatically  accrues  to  any  Lycoming 
Scholar  who  elects  to  spend  one  or  more  semesters  either  overseas  or  at 
other  campuses  in  the  United  States.  However,  all  Lycoming  Scholars  will 
be  given  careful  consideration  when  election  of  one  of  the  special  aspects 
of  the  program  places  an  additional  financial  burden  on  the  student  and 
his  family.  The  scholar  should  consult  with  the  financial  aid  officer. 

INDEPENDENT  STUDY.  Each  department  granting  a  major  provides  op- 


18/SEMlNAR  STUDY 

portunity  to  students  to  work  independently.  Upon  consent  of  the  de- 
partment head,  and  the  instructor,  a  student  may  register  tbr  courses  in 
Independent  Study.  Normally,  the  opportunity  for  such  study  is  provided 
for  the  better  qualified  major  student  who  has  successfully  completed  the 
courses  making  up  the  core  of  his  major  program.  Except  under  unusual 
circumstances,  registration  for  the  studies  course  is  limited  to  one  unit 
course  during  each  semester.  If  a  student  wishes  to  elect  more  than  one 
unit  during  a  semester  or  three  or  more  unit  courses  in  Studies  in  his  total 
college  program,  approval  of  the  Academic  Standing  Committee  must  be 
secured.  Students  who  are  privileged  to  elect  Independent  Study  in  any 
department  register  for  courses  numbered  80-89,  Studies,  with  an 
appropriate  title  to  be  entered  upon  the  student's  permanent  record. 

SEMINAR  STUDY.  The  scvcral  departments  may  from  time  to  time  find  it 
possible  to  organize  small  classes  or  seminars  for  exceptional  students  in- 
terested in  subjects  or  topics  not  usually  a  part  of  departmental  course 
offerings.  Establishment  of  the  seminar  and  admission  of  students  de- 
pends upon  the  approval  oi'  the  department  involved.  Occasionally, 
Visiting  Professors,  Lecturers,  or  Specialists  in  Residence  will  offer  such 
seminar  studies.  Students  who  are  privileged  to  elect  Seminar  Study  in 
any  department  register  for  courses  numbered  70-79,  Studies,  with  an 
appropriate  title  to  be  entered  upon  the  student's  permanent  record. 
Enrollment  in  seminar  courses  is  normally  limited  to  ten  students. 

DEPARTMENTAL  HONORS.  When  a  studcnt  desires  to  enter  an  Honors 
program  and  secures  departmental  approval  to  apply,  a  faculty  committee 
shall  be  convened  whose  initial  responsibility  shall  be  to  pass  upon  the 
student's  eligibility  to  enter  the  program.  The  committee  responsibility 
shall  also  include  the  direction  of  the  study,  and  final  evaluation  of  its 
worth.  Usually  the  Honors  program  involves  independent  study  in  two 
consecutive  unit  courses.  Students  who  are  privileged  to  elect  Honors 
register  for  courses  numbered  90-99. 

Honors  study  is  expected  to  result  in  the  completion  of  a  thesis  to  be 
defended  in  a  final  oral  examination.  Acceptable  theses  shall  be  deposited 
in  the  college  library.  Successful  completion  of  the  Honors  program  will 
cause  the  designation  of  honors  in  the  department  to  be  placed  upon  the 
permanent  record.  In  the  event  that  the  study  is  not  completed  success- 
fully, the  student  shall  be  re-registered  in  Independent  Studies  and  given 
a  final  grade  for  the  course. 

WASHINGTON  SEMESTER.  Upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the 
Department  of  Political  Science,  students  may  be  permitted  to  attend  the 
American  University,  Washington,  D.C.,  for  a  period  of  one  full 
semester.  The  Washington  Semester  program  is  intended  to  provide  a 
first-hand  acquaintance  with  various  aspects  of  the  nation's  capital,  as 
well  as  an  academic  experience  equivalent  to  the  normal  four  unit  courses. 
This  program  is  open  to  selected  students  who  have  special  interests  in 


INTERNATIONAL  INTERCULTURAL  STUDIES/ 19 

political  science,  law  and  American  government.  Ordinarily,  only  junior 
students  are  eligible. 

WASHINGTON  INTERNATIONAL  SEMESTER.  Upon  the  recommendation 
of  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Political  Science,  students  may  be 
permitted  to  attend  The  American  University,  Washington,  D.C.  for  a 
period  of  one  full  semester.  The  Washington  International  Semester  is 
intended  to  provide  a  unique  academic  experience  in  international 
affairs  within  the  milieu  of  a  major  world  capital. 

UNITED  NATIONS  SEMESTER.  Upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the 
Departments  of  History  or  Political  Science,  students  may  be  permitted 
to  attend  Drew  University,  Madison,  New  Jersey,  for  a  period  of  one  full 
semester.  The  United  Nations  Semester  is  intended  to  provide  a  first- 
hand acquaintance  with  the  United  Nations,  New  York  City,  as  well  as 
an  academic  experience  equivalent  to  the  normal  four  unit  courses.  This 
program  is  open  to  selected  students  who  have  special  interests  in  world 
history,  international  relations,  law,  and  politics.  Ordinarily,  only  junior 
students  are  eligible. 

LONDON  SEMESTER.  Upon  recommendation  of  the  faculty  of  the  Depart- 
ments of  History  or  Political  Science,  students  may  be  permitted  to  attend 
London  University  for  a  period  of  one  semester.  This  program  is  oper- 
ated by  Drew  University  in  conjunction  with  many  other  American  col- 
leges. It  is  intended  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  character  of  one  of 
the  principal  sources  of  American  law  and  politics  as  well  as  to  provide 
an  academic  program  equivalent  to  the  normal  four  courses.  Ordinarily, 
only  junior  students  are  eligible. 

OVERSEAS  STUDIES  OPPORTUNITIES.  Under  the  auspices  of  approved 
universities  or  agencies,  a  student  has  the  opportunity  to  study  abroad  in 
a  foreign  university.  While  overseas  study  seems  particularly  attractive  to 
students  majoring  in  foreign  languages,  this  opportunity  is  open  to  all 
students.  Mastery  of  the  foreign  language  is  not  required  in  all  programs. 
A  file  of  opportunities  for  overseas  study  is  available  from  the  Reference 
Librarian  or  the  faculty  coordinator  of  overseas  study  opportunities. 

INTERNATIONAL  INTERCULTURAL  STUDIES.  Lycoming  College  is  a  parti- 
cipating member  of  the  Association  of  Colleges  and  Universities  for 
International  Intercultural  Studies  (ACUIIS).  The  Association  sponsors 
college  courses  taught  during  the  summer  at  the  University  of  Graz. 

Lycoming  College  students  are  eligible  for  participation  in  this  pro- 
gram which  extends  over  approximately  seven  weeks  of  the  summer. 
Total  cost  for  1971  was  $850.00  and  included  air  fare,  tuition,  room, 
field  trips,  laundry  and  insurance.  Students  interested  in  this  program 
should  consult  the  Dean  of  the  College. 


Vocational  Aims 


Courses  of  study  at  Lycoming  College  are  designed  to  fulfill  two  specific 
but  interrelated  purposes.  The  first  is  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
liberal  arts  heritage  of  human  civilization  and  the  American  nation.  The 
second  is  to  provide  him  an  opportunity  to  explore,  from  an  elementary 
to  an  advanced  level,  various  fields  that  may  fit  him  for  life's  vocation  or 
direct  him  toward  professional  or  graduate  schools.  A  wide  variety  of 
vocations  may  be  entered  directly  upon  graduation.  These  include  posi- 
tions in  business,  industry,  government,  and  the  professions,  including 
teaching.  Students  interested  in  any  of  these  areas  are  referred  to  their 
advisor,  to  the  appropriate  departments  or  to  special  advisors  assigned 
for  each  of  the  areas  mentioned  above. 


Accounting,  Business,  and  Economics 

Lycoming  College  offers  course  work  in  the  field  of  business  adminis- 
tration particularly  designed  for  training  prospective  business  leaders. 
The  three  areas  of  specialization  are  business  administration,  accounting, 
and  economics.  Business  is  a  highly  diversified  occupation;  therefore  the 
curriculum  is  not  designed  to  be  vocational  or  narrowly  pre-professional. 
The  purposes  of  the  business  administration  curriculum  are  to  train  and 
to  equip  the  minds  of  men  and  women  to  recognize  and  to  solve  complex 
problems  facing  business  executives,  to  develop  an  appreciation  for 
rigorous  analysis,  to  practice  the  arts  of  verbal  and  written  communica- 
tion, and  to  expose  the  developing  mind  to  as  wide  as  possible  a  range  of 
course  work  represented  by  the  traditional  liberal  arts  curriculum,  to  the 
end  that  a  student  becomes  truly  well  educated.  Considerable  flexibility 
is  permissible  within  the  curriculum  and  the  student  is  encouraged  to 
pursue  course  work  most  rewarding  to  him.  Three  years  of  high  school 
mathematics  are  recommended  for  preparation.  For  specific  require- 
ments, refer  to  individual  course  areas. 

20 


COOPERATIVE  CURRICULUM   IN   ENGINEERING /2I 

Preparation  for  Dental,  Medical,  or  Veterinary  School 

The  curriculum  for  pre-dental,  pre-medical,  and  pre-veterinary  studies 
are  all  organized  around  a  solid  foundation  of  basic  courses  in  biology, 
chemistry'^  and  physics.  Students  in  any  of  the  three  programs  usually 
major  in  one  of  the  natural  sciences. 

At  least  three  years  of  undergraduate  study  is  suggested  before  entry 
into  a  college  of  dentistry,  medicine,  or  veterinary  medicine.  However, 
the  more  normal  procedure  is  to  complete  the  bachelor  of  arts  degree 
before  entering  the  professional  school.  The  student  should  consult  the 
catalog  of  the  college  of  dentistry,  medicine,  or  veterinary  medicine  to 
which  he  expects  to  apply  so  that  all  courses  required  by  that  institution 
may  be  included  in  his  program  at  Lycoming  College.  Consistent  with 
the  suggestions  of  these  professional  colleges,  a  wide  range  of  subject 
matter  from  the  humanities,  social  sciences,  and  fine  arts  are  included  in 
the  programs.  More  information  is  available  through  the  chairman  of 
the  biology  department. 

Cooperative  Curriculum  in  Engineering 

Consistent  with  increased  attention  being  given  nationally  to  engi- 
neering education,  Lycoming  College  offers  a  cooperative  curriculum 
combining  the  manifold  advantages  of  a  small  liberal  arts  college  with 
the  training  to  be  secured  at  an  engineering  school.  By  arrangement  with 
Bucknell  University  and  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  the  colleges 
offer  a  five-year  program  in  which  the  first  three  years  are  spent  at 
Lycoming  and  the  final  two  at  the  engineering  school.  Upon  completion 


4 


22 /COOPERATIVE  PROGRAM   IN   FORESTRY 

of  the  first  year  at  the  engineering  school,  the  student's  record  will  be  sent 
to  Lycoming  College.  If  the  work  is  satisfactory,  Lycoming  College  will 
award  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  five-year 
program  of  studies,  a  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Engineering  is  awarded  by 
the  engineering  school.  Combined  programs  offer  an  opportunity  for 
completion  of  studies  in  the  following  areas:  Bucknel!  University: 
chemical,  civil,  electrical,  or  mechanical  engineering;  The  Pennsylvania 
State  University:  aeronautical,  civil,  electrical,  industrial,  mechanical  or 
sanitary  engineering. 

Prescribed  work  at  Lycoming  includes,  in  addition  to  the  degree  re- 
quirements outlined  above,  courses  in  chemistry,  mathematics  and 
physics.  Because  the  demands  of  the  engineering  curricula  may  differ 
somewhat,  a  program  of  studies  at  Lycoming  College  will  be  designed  for 
each  student  when  his  plans  as  to  type  of  engineering  program  preferred 
have  been  finally  fixed.  The  Chairman  of  the  Physics  department  will  aid 
each  cooperative  engineering  student  in  planning  his  program. 


Cooperative  Program  in  Forestry 

Professional  and  scientific  programs  of  study  in  forestry  for  men  and 
women  are  offered  in  cooperation  with  the  School  of  Forestry,  Duke 
University.  The  student  spends  three  years  in  residence  at  Lycoming  and 
an  additional  five  semesters  at  Duke.  Upon  satisfactory  completion  of 
two  semesters  at  Duke  the  student  will  have  earned  the  A.B.  degree  from 
Lycoming,  and  upon  completing  the  remainder  of  the  program  will  be 
awarded  either  the  M.F.  or  M.S.  degree  from  Duke,  depending  upon  the 
nature  of  the  program. 

Candidates  should  indicate  to  the  Admission's  Oflfice  that  they  wish  to 
enroll  in  the  Forestry  program.  At  the  end  of  the  first  term  of  the  third 
year,  Lycoming  will  recommend  qualified  students  for  admission  to  the 
Duke  School  of  Forestry.  No  application  need  be  made  to  the  School  of 
Forestry  before  that  time. 


Major  fields  of  forestry  at  Duke  are: 

FOREST  resource  ADMINISTRATION  FOREST  SCIENCE 

Forest  Resource  Management  Forest  Ecology 

Forestry  Business  Management  Forest  Entomology 

Forest  Protection  Forest  Pathology 

Forest  Resource  Economics  Tree  Physiology 

and  Policy  Tree  Biochemistry 

Biometry  &  Statistics  Dendrology  &  Wood  Anatomy 

Systems  Analysis  Forest  Hydrology 

Forest  Meteorology 
Forest  Soils 


COOPERATIVE  CURRICULUM   IN   DRAMA/23 

Students  with  interests  in  Forest  Resource  Administration  are  ad- 
vised to  elect  a  concentration  in  biology,  business  management,  eco- 
nomics, mathematics,  computer  science,  statistics,  or  sociology.  Indi- 
viduals planning  careers  in  Forest  Science  should  strengthen  their  back- 
grounds in  biology,  chemistry,  mathematics,  and  physics.  Typical  pro- 
grams in  fields  offered  at  Duke  are  available  upon  request  from  the  Dean 
of  the  School  of  Forestry.  Duke  University.  Durham.  North  Carolina 
27706.  More  information  is  available  from  the  chairman  of  the  Biology 
Department. 

Cooperative  Curriculum  in  Drama 

The  American  Academy  of  Dramatic  Arts  and  Lycoming  College 
each  recognize  appropriate  courses  given  by  the  other  institution.  At 
Lycoming  an  exception  is  made  in  the  residency  requirements  for  gradua- 
tion (page  9).  Normally,  in  the  case  of  the  transfer  student  who  is  a 
graduate  of  the  American  Academy  of  Dramatic  Arts  and  recom- 
mended by  them  and  who  has  completed  two  years  successful  study  at  an 
accredited  college  or  university,  the  residency  requirement  shall  be  two 
summers  with  The  Arena  Theatre  and  two  consecutive  semesters  in  an 
academic  year.  Course  work  may  be  required  during  summer  sessions. 
Each  case  is  subject  to  review.  The  affiliation  with  the  Academy  permits  a 
graduating  Lycoming  senior  to  be  eligible  for  advanced  standing  at  the 
Academy  upon  recommendation  of  the  Lycoming  College  Theatre  De- 
partment Chairman  and  acceptance  by  the  Academy.  For  information 
contact  the  Theatre  Department  Chairman. 


24/ preparation  for  law  school 

Preparation  for  Law  School 

Many  colleges  of  law  require  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  for  admission. 
The  four-year  degree  program  in  pre-law  at  Lycoming  College  provides  a 
background  for  the  prospective  student  of  law.  Requirements  include 
courses  in  political  science  and  history,  but  also  specified  is  a  wide  range 
of  subject  matter  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  vast  scope  of 
human  experience.  Students  may  expect  to  major  in  economics,  history, 
political  science,  or  related  fields  as  they  prepare  for  matriculation  in  law 
school.  Individual  programs  are  tailored  to  fit  the  student's  needs  as  well 
as  to  meet  the  specific  requirements  of  the  law  school  to  which  he  applies 
for  admission.  Interested  students  should  contact  the  Political  Science 
Department  Chairman. 


Medical  Technology 

This  curriculum  is  organized  around  an  academic  background  of  basic 
science  courses  in  addition  to  those  liberal  arts  courses  listed  as  require- 
ments for  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree.  Three  unit  courses  in  biology  are 
required  as  well  as  one  of  mathematics.  In  chemistry.  General  Chemistry 
and  one  other  course  are  required.  Three  or  four  years  are  spent  in  ob- 
taining this  academic  background;  the  final  year  is  spent  in  the  medical 
laboratories  of  an  approved  hospital.  This  will  consist  of  an  internship  of 
a  full  calendar  year  at  a  hospital  accredited  in  the  Registry  of  Medical 
Technologists  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists.  The  col- 
lege will  give  credit  for  the  year  when  it  is  informed  that  the  student  has 
successfully  passed  the  examinations  given  by  the  Registry  of  Medical 
Technologists  of  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists.  An 
official  transcript  of  studies  completed  at  the  hospital  must  also  be  sub- 
mitted by  the  candidate.  Lycoming  College  has  a  formal  affiliation  with 
Williamsport  Hospital  and  Divine  Providence  Hospital  m  Williamsport 
and  also  with  Robert  Packer  Hospital  in  Sayre  and  Lancaster  General 
Hospital.  Interested  students  should  contact  the  Chemistry  Department 
Chairman. 


Religious  Education 

Any  student  desiring  extensive  study  in  biblical  history  and  literature, 
the  historical  development  of  Christianity,  and  Christian  doctrine  may 
major  in  religion.  A  qualified  student  planning  to  enter  the  vocation  of 
religious  education  should,  besides  majoring  in  religion,  elect  five  or  six 
unit  courses  in  psychology,  education,  and  sociology.  This  program  of 
study,  completely  within  the  liberal  arts  curriculum,  is  to  qualify  gradu- 
ates for  work  as  Educational  Assistants,  or  after  graduate  study  in  a 
theological  seminary,  as  Directors  of  Christian  Education.  Interested  or 


TEACHER  EDUCATION /25 

prospective  students  are  invited  to  contact  the  Director  of  Religious 
Activities  for  further  information  concerning  the  opportunities,  respon- 
sibihties  and  requirements  of  these  and  other  church  vocations. 

Preparation  for  Theological  Seminary 

(Christian  Ministry) 

Young  men  and  women  called  to  the  Christian  ministry  or  related 
vocations  will  find  the  pre-ministerial  curriculum  at  Lycoming  College 
an  exciting  and  challenging  opportunity.  Basic  courses  specified  by  the 
American  Association  of  Theological  Schools  are  virtually  identical  with 
the  program  of  courses  required  for  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  at  Ly- 
coming College.  Such  courses  offer  a  wide  range  of  subject  matter  pre- 
senting many  opportunities  for  the  pre-ministerial  student  to  acquaint 
himself  with  the  broad  scope  of  human  experience.  Preparation  for 
seminary  includes  earning  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  one 
of  a  variety  of  fields  such  as  religion,  English,  history,  and  philosophy.  So 
that  every  student  may  have  a  curriculum  designed  to  fit  his  individual 
needs,  the  offerings  in  the  junior  and  senior  year  are  largely  elective. 
1  he  choice  of  electives  will  depend  upon  the  specific  requirements  of  the 
theological  school  in  which  the  student  expects  to  matriculate.  Interested 
students  should  contact  the  Director  of  Religious  Activities. 


Teacher  Education 

Lycoming  College  trains  teachers  for  elementary  and  for  secondary 
education.  The  program  is  clearly  identified  with  the  liberal  arts  nature  of 
the  college,  and  hence,  no  candidate  for  the  profession  of  teaching  is  con- 
sidered apart  from  the  total  liberal  arts  objective.  Teacher  education  can- 
didates meet  all  general  course  requirements  of  the  college  including  a 
major  in  a  subject  matter  field.  Interested  students  should  contact  the 
Education  department  chairman  for  further  information.  Applications 
for  student  teaching  (Professional  Semester)  must  be  submitted  to  the 
Education  department  on  or  before  March  1  in  the  student's  junior  year. 


FINANCIAL  INFORMATION 

Expenses 

General  Expenses  For  The  Academic  Year  1972-73 

In  considering  the  expenses  of  college,  it  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  that  no 
student  actually  pays  the  full  cost  of  his  education.  State  colleges  are  en- 
abled to  keep  the  cost  of  tuition  within  reasonable  limits  by  grants  from 
the  public  treasury:  independent  colleges  achieve  this  by  voluntary  con- 
tributions supplemented  by  income  from  their  invested  endowment 
funds.  At  Lycoming  College,  the  tuition  fee  which  each  student  pays 
represents  only  a  portion  of  the  total  instruction  cost.  Tuition  is  kept  at 
the  lowest  possible  level  consistent  with  adequate  facilities  and  competent 
instruction. 

Tuition  at  Lycoming  is  $1,050.00  per  semester,  plus  certain  fees  which 
are  listed  on  the  following  pages.  The  room  expense  for  boarding  stu- 
dents amounts  to  $250.00  per  semester  except  for  men  living  in  the  Fra- 
ternity Residence,  who  are  assessed  an  additional  $25.00.  Board  is 
$300.00  per  semester  (the  academic  year  comprises  two  semesters  of 
approximately  sixteen  weeks  each).  If,  for  justifiable  reason,  it  is  impos- 
sible for  a  student  to  eat  in  the  College  Dining  Room,  permission  may  be 
given  the  student  to  make  other  arrangements  for  meals.  However,  in 
the  event  such  permission  is  granted,  the  room  cost  will  be  50%  higher 
than  the  above  rates.  If  a  student  requests  the  use  of  a  double  room  as  a 
single  room  and  the  room  is  available,  he  will  be  charged  50  "„  more  than 
regular  rates. 

The  tuition  charged  covers  the  regular  or  prescribed  course  of  study 
which  normally  comprise  four  subjects  each  semester.  If  there  should  be  a 
considerable  increase  in  the  price  of  commodities  and/or  services  during 
any  semester,  the  College  reserves  the  right  to  make  appropriate  in- 
creases in  the  charges  for  the  following  semester.  Additional  detailed  in- 
formation will  be  furnished  by  the  Treasurer's  Office  upon  request. 

Application  Fee  and  Deposit 

All  students  applying  for  admission  are  required  to  send  an  application 
fee  of  $15.00  with  the  application.  This  charge  is  to  partially  defray  the 
cost  of  processing  the  application  and  maintaining  academic  records  and 
is  non-refundable. 

After  a  student  is  notified  that  he  has  been  accepted  for  admission  by 
the  college,  he  is  required  to  make  a  deposit  of  $100.00.  This  deposit  is 
evidence  of  the  applicant's  good  intention  to  matriculate  and  is  appli- 
cable to  the  general  charges  of  his  final  semester  in  attendance  (see  page 
5);  it  is  not  an  extra  fee.  This  deposit  is  not  refundable  when  the  student 
fails  to  matriculate  at  Lycoming  College. 

26 


PAYMENT  OF  FEES/27 

BOOKS  AND  Supplies 

A  modern  book  and  supply  store  is  conveniently  located  in  the  Wertz 
Student  Center.  Books  and  supplies  are  purchased  by  the  individual  stu- 
dent. The  estimated  cost  is  approximately  $75.00  per  year,  but  will  vary 
somewhat  in  accordance  with  the  course  of  study  which  the  student  is 
pursuing.  The  bookstore  is  open  registration  day  and  daily  thereafter. 


Expenses  in  Detail  per  Semester  for  the  Academic  Year  1972-73: 

RESIDENT  STUDENTS 

Per  Semester 

Comprehensive  Fee $1,050.00 

Room 250.00 

Board 300.00 

Basic  cost  per  semester $1 ,600.00 

NON-RESIDENT  STUDENTS 
Comprehensive  Fee.  .  . $1,050.00 

Basic  cost  per  semester $  1 ,050.00 


SPECIAL  CHARGES 

Laboratory  Fees  per  Semester: $10.00  to  $30.00 

Applied  Music  Fee  (Half-Hour  Per  Week  Per  Semester) $50.00 

Practice  Teaching 80.00 

Special  Examination  Fee 5.00 

Transcript  Fee  (no  charge  for  first  transcript) 1.00 

Caps  and  Gowns  (rental  at  prevailing  cost) 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  adjust  charges  at  any  time. 

Room    Security   Deposit $50.00 


Payment  of  Fees 

The  basic  fees  for  the  semester  are  due  and  payable  on  or  before  regis- 
tration day  for  that  semester.  Checks  or  money  orders  should  be  payable 
to  Lycoming  College. 

Charges  for  laboratory  supplies  and  additional  credit  hours  will  be 
billed  and  payable  immediately  following  each  registration  period. 


28 /PARTIAL  PAYMENTS 

Partial  Payments 

For  the  convenience  of  those  who  find  it  impossible  to  follow  the 
schedule  of  payments  as  listed,  arrangements  may  be  made  with  the 
College  Treasurer  for  the  monthly  payment  of  college  fees  through 
various  educational  plans.  Additional  information  concerning  partial 
payments  may  be  obtained  from  the  Treasurer  or  Director  of  Admissions. 

Withdrawals  and  Refunds 

The  date  on  which  the  Dean  of  the  College  approves  the  student's  with- 
drawal sheet  is  considered  the  official  date  of  withdrawal.  In  the  case  of 
minors,  the  approval  of  the  parent  or  guardian  is  required  before  the 
withdrawal  is  approved  and  before  any  refund  is  made. 

Room  charges  have  been  fixed  on  a  semester  basis.  Consequently, 
students  leaving  college  prior  to  the  ending  of  a  semester  will  not  be  en- 
titled to  any  refund  of  room  charge. 

Refund  of  tuition  and  board  will  be  made  to  students  who  withdraw 
voluntarily  from  the  college  while  in  good  standing  and  is  fixed  on  the 
followmg  basis:  Students  leaving  during  the  first  four-week  period  are 
charged  30"o;  during  the  second  four  weeks,  60 °o;  during  the  third  four 
weeks.  90  °o;  after  twelve  weeks,  full  charge. 

Dropping  a  unit  course  from  the  original  schedule  after  the  first  week 
of  either  semester  will  not  justify  any  claim  for  refund  of  tuition  charges. 
No  refund  will  be  made  to  those  students  who  are  asked  to  withdraw 
from  the  college. 

Other  fees  cannot  be  refunded  for  any  reason  whatever. 

Penalty  for  Non-Payment  of  Fees 

A  student  will  not  be  registered  for  courses  in  a  new  semester  if  his  ac- 
count for  previous  attendance  has  not  been  settled. 

No  grades  will  be  issued,  no  diploma,  transcript  of  credits,  or  certifi- 
cation of  withdrawal  in  good  standing  will  be  granted  to  any  student 
until  a  satisfactory  settlement  of  all  obligations  has  been  made. 

Damage  Charges 

Wherever  possible,  damage  to  dormitory  property  will  be  charged  to 
the  person  or  persons  directly  responsible.  Damage  and  breakage  oc- 
curing.  in  a  room  will  be  the  responsibility  of  students  occupying  the 
room. 

Halls  and  bathroom  damage  will  be  the  responsibility  of  all  students  of 
the  section  where  damage  occurs.  Actual  costs  of  repairs  will  be  charged. 


Financial  Aid 


Lycoming  recognizes  the  problem  of  constantly  increasing  educational 
costs  and  offers  a  substantial  program  of  financial  aid  to  assist  those 
needing  help  to  attend  an  excellent  private  coeducational  college. 

No  academically  qualified  student  should  hesitate  to  apply  to  Ly- 
coming College  solely  because  of  financial  need. 

At  Lycoming,  we  make  every  effort  to  assure  that  qualified  students  are 
not  barred  due  to  their  limited  resources.  Our  financial  aid  office  will 
assist  as  many  qualified  students  as  funds  permit. 

Lycoming  has  five  forms  of  financial  aid:  Scholarships — Loans — 
Work  Study  Grants — Educational  Opportunity  Grants — Grants-In-Aid. 

The  establishment  of  need  is  the  controlling  factor  in  determining  the 
amount  of  any  financial  aid.  A  scholarship  may  be  awarded  on  the  basis 
of  financial  need  and  academic  ability,  while  a  grant  is  given  on  the 
basis  of  financial  need  alone.  Long  term,  low  cost  educational  loans  are 
available  to  most  students  who  need  them  from  Federal  and  State 
sources.  If  your  academic  standing  is  satisfactory,  a  portion  of  your  col- 
lege expenses  can  be  earned  by  part-time  work.  In  order  to  qualify  for 
continued  financial  aid,  a  student  must  maintain  both  a  satisfactory 
academic  average  and  a  record  of  good  citizenship. 

Since  financial  aid  can  be  extended  to  you  only  after  you  are  accepted 
for  admission  to  Lycoming  College,  your  first  step  is  to  apply  for  admis- 
sion. Request  an  application,  and  any  other  information  you  need,  from 

Director  of  Admissions 

Lycoming  College 

Williamsport,  Pa.    17701 
Your  admission  application  must  be  submitted  by  March  1.  You  should 
apply  for  financial  aid  as  soon  as  possible  after  you  apply  for  admission. 


TYPES  OF  FINANCIAL  ASSISTANCE  AVAILABLE 

Scholarships 

Lycoming  Scholar  Committee  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  certain 
Freshmen  who  are  admitted  to  the  Lycoming  Scholar  Program.  Awards 
range  from  $400  to  full  tuition,  depending  upon  the  recipient's  financial 
need.  A  3.0  grade  point  average  is  needed  for  scholarship  renewal. 

29 


30/GRANTS-IN-AID 

A  number  of  Directors  Scholarships  are  awarded  lo  students  who  do 
not  receive  a  scholarship  from  the  Lycoming  Scholar  Committee  but 
were  in  the  top  fifth  of  their  high  school  class  and  had  a  College  Entrance 
Board  Tests  combined  score  over  1200.  They  range  from  S300  to  full 
tuition  depending  upon  the  student's  financial  need.  Renewal  is  possible 
if  a  3.0  cumulative  average  is  maintained  and  financial  need  continues. 

Grants-in-Aid 

For  students  who  can  not  qualify  for  scholarships,  Lycoming  has  an 
extensive  program  of  grants-in-aid  up  to  full  tuition.  Awards  are  based 
on  demonstrated  need  and  the  prospect  of  the  student  contributing 
positively  to  the  college  community.  Renewal  requires  continued 
financial  need,  maintenance  of  satisfactory  academic  and  citizenship 
standards,  and  participation  in  college  activities. 

MiMSThKiAi,  Grants-! n-Aid:  Financial  assistance  is  available  through 
grants  from  The  United  Methodist  Church  to  children  of  ministers  and 
ministerial  students. 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants  are  given  to  students  with  excep- 
tional financial  need  who  are  in  good  academic  standing.  These  are 
available  under  the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965. 

Loans:  Federal  National  Defense  Student  Loans  are  available  to  needy 
students.  Other  loans  are  available  through  the  various  state  student 
loan  programs. 

Work-Study  Grants  are  allocated  to  students  in  academic  good 
standing  who  come  from  low  income  families.  These  federal  grants  are 
available  under  the  Higher  Education  Act  of  1965. 

Community  Scholarships 

in  many  communities  there  are  local  groups  and  foundations  which 
provide  funds  to  help  worthy  students.  Often  there  are  also  high  school 
awards  available.  Your  guidance  counselor  and  principal  are  the  best 
sources  of  information. 

Education  Financing  Plans 

In  addition  to  direct  financial  aid  described  above,  the  Business  Office 
or  the  Student  Aid  Office  will  provide  information,  upon  request,  about 
plans  enabling  parents  to  pay  college  expenses  on  a  monthly  basis. 

Students  interested  in  receiving  financial  aid  are  urged  to  contact  the 
Financial  Aid  Office  for  additional  information. 


Religious  Life 


Lycoming  College  provides  a  student  with  many  opportunities  to 
mature  in  his  faith  through  participation  in  the  religious  life  of  the 
campus. 

Through  the  office  of  the  Director  of  Religious  Activities,  a  varied 
religious  life  program  is  maintained  as  needs  arise.  Presently,  the  Campus 
Church  has  emerged.  Worship  services  are  conducted  each  Sunday  on  a 
voluntary  basis,  and  at  other  times  such  as  Holy  Week.  The  services  of 
worship  are  planned  and  conducted  by  students  and  include  the  use  of 
outside  speakers  as  well  as  our  own  faculty  and  students.  The  worship 
committee  is  appointed  by  the  Campus  Church  Council;  the  governing 
body  is  elected  by  the  Campus  Church. 

The  mission  of  the  Campus  Church  is  activated  by  the  Campus  Church 
Council  through  activities  such  as  retreats,  service  projects  and  study 
groups.  Next  year  two  major,  campus-wide  study-worship-action  forums 
are  planned. 

The  Director  of  Religious  Activities  also  provides  counseling  service 
each  afternoon  in  his  office  in  Clarke  Chapel. 

A  part-time  Roman  Catholic  chaplain  assists  the  activities  of  the 
Newman  Club  and  maintains  office  hours  in  Clarke  Chapel  for  coun- 
seling purposes. 

Interfaith  activities  are  carried  out  through  special  committees  ap- 
pointed by  the  Director  of  Religious  Activities  in  consultation  with  the 
Roman  Catholic  Chaplain  and  other  interested  persons. 

31 


Student  Activities 


Lycoming  accepts  the  responsibility  of  trying  to  make  every  situation 
in  which  learning  occurs  constructive  and  positive.  The  college  believes 
that  learning  is  a  continuous  process  that  takes  place  not  only  in  the  class- 
room, but  also  in  every  college  activity. 

The  college  assumes  its  responsibility  in  this  area  by  directing  the  extra- 
curricular educational  experiences  of  the  students  in  such  a  way  that 
these  activities  contribute  to  the  achievement  of  the  objectives  of  the 
college,  by  complementing  the  academic  life  of  the  campus. 

The  college  considers  one  of  its  responsibilities  to  be  the  encourage- 
ment of  as  many  different  activities  as  are  necessary  to  provide  all  stu- 
dents with  the  opportunity  to  participate  constructively  in  this  area  of 
student  life.  Departmental  clubs;  athletics,  both  intercollegiate  and 
intramural;  varied  interest  groups  such  as  denominational  clubs,  the 
choir,  the  band,  etc.;  social  organizations;  social  activities;  self-govern- 
ing groups;  and  many  informal  associations  are  equally  important  in  a 
well-integrated  program  of  student  activities. 

Recognizing  the  need  for  skilled  leadership  in  our  world,  the  college 
aims  to  utilize  students  in  as  many  of  the  leadership  positions  as  possible. 
In  doing  so,  it  will  give  students  the  opportunity  to  accept  greater  respon- 
sibilities, and  to  learn  as  they  participate. 

Student  Government 

Self-government  by  students  in  certain  areas  of  campus  life  is  an  ob- 
jective achieved  through  the  Student  Government  Association  of  Lycom- 
ing College.  The  Student  Council  is  the  legislative  body  of  the  Associa- 
tion. The  officers  of  the  Student  Government  Association  are  elected 
from  the  entire  student  body.  Members  of  Student  Council  are  elected  by 
classes  and  certain  other  organizations. 

As  the  Student  Council  has  been  delegated  authority  for  certain  areas 
of  campus  life,  it  has  also  become  more  directly  involved  with  the  prob- 
lems of  campus  community  life  and  is  participaMng  actively  in  the  formu- 

32 


STUDENT  UNION/ 33 

lation  of  policy  and  procedures.  Recognized  by  the  college  as  the  legiti- 
mate representative  body  of  the  students,  the  Student  Council  has  been 
responsible  for  the  organization  of  the  Lycoming  College  Advisory 
Council  which  is  composed  of  students,  faculty,  and  administrators. 
This  committee  considers  basic  issues  within  the  college,  makes  recom- 
mendations, and  refers  items  to  the  various  campus  groups  authorized 
to  take  action. 

A  number  of  standing  committees  of  Student  Council  are  concerned 
with  specific  areas  of  student  life.  The  Dining  Room  Committee  advises 
the  manager  in  menu  planning  and  other  areas  of  concern.  Homecoming 
and  Spring  Weekend  are  major  social  activities  under  the  sponsorship  of 
Student  Council.  In  addition  to  their  own  committees,  students  are 
voting  members  of  all  appointed  faculty  committees.  Students  partici- 
pate in  almost  all  aspects  of  College  governance  and  policy  making,  both 
curricular  and  administrative. 

Other  governing  groups  on  the  campus  are  tne  Inter-Fraternity  Coun- 
cil, the  Men's  Residence  Halls  Council,  the  Women's  Residence  Halls 
Council,  and  the  Associated  Women  Students.  Each  operates  under 
limited  authority  in  situations  related  to  its  specific  area. 

Social  and  Cultural  Influences 

The  rapidly  changing  interests  of  students  requires  a  flexible  program 
which  can  be  adapted  to  fulfilling  the  needs  and  objectives  of  both  the 
College  and  the  students.  Social  situations,  which  formerly  served  to  pro- 
vide educational  experiences  for  students  are  frequently  out-dated  with 
every  new  class  of  students. 

The  College  creates  as  many  opportunities  as  possible  to  fulfill  every 
student's  objectives.  The  intention  is  to  make  it  possible  for  the  student  to 
choose  from  among  a  variety  of  situations,  so  that  no  student's  interests 
or  needs  are  ignored. 


Student  Union 

The  Student  Union  Board  of  Lycoming  College  is  an  advisory  and 
functional  group  of  students  who  work  with  an  Assistant  Dean  of  Stu- 
dents who  is  responsible  for  development  of  the  activity  and  social  pro- 
gram. Students  are  selected  for  membership  on  the  Board  after  they  have 
served  a  year  in  the  Apprentice  Program. 

The  Board's  services  to  the  campus  include  poster  making  and  pub- 
licity, a  travel  service,  social  programs,  dances,  lectures,  concerts,  pic- 
nics, films,  tournaments,  recreational  activities,  bridge,  life-saving 
courses,  coffee-hours,  and  intercollegiate  events. 

A  laboratory  for  learning,  the  Student  Union  offers  students  an  op- 
portunity to  learn  while  serving  the  campus. 


34/COLLEGE  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 


College  Publications  and  Communications 


There  are  several  official  college  publications.  Each  is  devoted  to  a 
specific  area  of  college  life,  and  is  designed  to  communicate  to  selected 
groups  of  the  college  community. 

The  Bell,  official  student  newspaper,  is  published  weekly  and  is  de- 
voted to  interests  of  the  student  body,  reporting  current  campus  events. 

The  Arrow,  college  yearbook,  is  published  in  August  and  presents  a 
record  of  student  life  during  the  current  academic  year. 

The  Guidepost,  published  annually  by  Student  Government  and  the 
Office  of  Student  Services,  is  a  handbook  of  policies,  regulations,  and 
miscellaneous  information  which  is  distributed  to  freshmen  prior  to 
their  arrival  on  the  campus. 

The  Lycoming,  published  ten  times  yearly,  is  designed  to  keep  alumni 
and  friends  of  Lycoming  informed  of  current  activities  at  the  institution. 
A  Report  issue  is  published  in  newspaper  format  eight  times  a  year.  A 
magazine  is  issued  once  each  semester. 

The  Lycoming  Library  Student  Handbook  is  published  by  the  library 
every  September. 

The  Campus  Radio  Station.  WLCR,  broadcasts  on  a  wired  circuit  to  all 
residence  halls.  It  operates  daily  from  10  a.m.  to  12  midnight,  except 
weekends  when  it  is  on  the  air  on  a  more  limited  schedule. 


Campus  Clubs  and  Organizations 

A  variety  of  organizations  on  the  campus  provide  opportunities  for 
social  and  intellectual  growth.  These  groups  are  organized  and  conduct- 
ed by  students  in  cooperation  with  faculty  sponsors  or  advisors. 

Some  of  the  groups  are:  the  Student  P.S.E.A.-N.E.A.,  which  gives 
prospective  teachers  current  information  on  the  teaching  field  and  an  in- 
sight into  the  problems  of  education;  The  Lycoming  College  Theatre, 
which  stages  a  variety  of  dramatic  productions  including  original  work; 
The  Varsity  Club,  composed  of  lettermen,  which  promotes  college  spirit 
in  sports;  the  Business  Club  for  students  majoring  in  business  administra- 
tion; the  French,  German,  Russian  and  Spanish  Clubs,  which  study  the 
language  and  the  life  and  culture  of  the  countries;  the  Model  United 
Nations  Society,  the  Practical  Politics  Society,  political  clubs,  and  the 
Associated  Women  Students. 

Musical  organizations  at  Lycoming  offer  to  singers  and  instrumenta- 
lists alike  a  fine  opportunity  to  learn  by  doing.  There  are  several  choral 
groups  and  instrumental  ensembles  offering  every  able  student  the 
chance  to  participate  both  on  the  campus  and  on  tour. 


INTRAMURAL  ATHLETICS/35 


Fraternities 


Six  Greek  letter  fraternities  on  the  campus  provide  a  means  of  bringing 
to  men  students  the  advantages  of  national  fraternal  organizations  as 
well  as  group  housing.  They  include  the  Psi  Chapter  of  Kappa  Delta 
Rho,  Beta  Lambda  Chapter  of  Sigma  Pi,  Iota  Beta  Zeta  Chapter  of 
Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  Epsilon  Beta  Chapter  of  Theta  Chi,  and  Gamma 
Rho  Chapter  of  Alpha  Sigma  Phi,  and  Mu  Theta  Chapter  of  Tau  Kappa 
Epsilon. 

The  Inter-Fraternity  Council  coordinates  the  activities  of  the  fraterni- 
ties. 


Intercollegiate  Sports 

The  college  offers  an  attractive  program  of  intercollegiate  athletics  and 
encourages  wide  participation  by  its  students.  It  is  a  member  of  the 
National  Collegiate  Athletic  Association,  the  Eastern  Collegiate  Athletic 
Conference  and  the  Northern  Division  of  the  Middle  Atlantic  Confer- 
ence. Lycoming  annually  meets  some  of  the  top-ranking  small  college 
teams  in  the  East  in  athletic  competition.  Contests  are  scheduled  with 
other  colleges  in  football,  soccer,  basketball,  wrestling,  swimming,  base- 
ball, tennis,  golf,  and  track. 


Intramural  Athletics 

An  extensive  and  diversified  program  of  intramural  athletic  competi- 
tion affords  opportunity  for  every  student  to  participate  in  one  or  more 
sports  of  his  own  choosing. 

Sports  for  men  include  touch  football,  basketball,  volleyball,  bowling, 
badminton,  table  tennis,  tennis,  softball,  golf,  wrestling,  swimming, 
horseshoes,  track  and  field. 

Sports  for  women  include  competition  in  basketball,  volleyball, 
bowling,  badminton,  table  tennis,  tennis,  softball,  swimming,  field 
hockey,  and  archery.  Field  days  are  arranged  with  WAA  groups  of  other 
colleges  and  universities  during  the  school  year. 


College  Honors 


The  Chieftain  Award 

The  Chieftain  Award  is  given  to  that  senior  who,  in  the  opinion  of  the 
students  and  facuhy.  has  contributed  the  most  to  Lycoming  College 
through  support  of  school  activities;  who  has  exhibited  outstanding  con- 
structive leadership  qualities;  who  has  worked  efficiently  and  effectively 
with  the  members  of  the  college  community;  who  has  evidenced  a  good 
moral  code;  and  whose  academic  rank  is  in  the  upper  half  of  his  class. 


The  Sachem 

The  Sachem  is  an  active  society  of  superior  junior  and  senior  scholars. 
Its  membership  is  limited  to  students  who  have  completed  at  least  four 
full  semesters  of  academic  work  at  Lycoming  College.  Election  to  mem- 
bership is  held  annually  in  September  by  the  members  of  the  society  and 
its  faculty  advisors.  Newly  elected  members  are  chosen  from  among  the 
top-ranking  3  "„  of  the  junior  class  and  6  "„  of  the  senior  class. 

Gold  Key  and  Blue  Key 

Gold  Key  and  Blue  Key  are  freshman  scholastic  honor  societies  for 
women  and  men  respectively.  Election  to  these  societies  is  dependent 
upon  the  student's  being  nominated  to  the  Dean's  List  during  the  first 
semester  of  the  freshman  year.  Under  certain  conditions,  second  semester 
freshmen  and  sophomores  are  also  eligible  for  election. 

Phi  Alpha  Theta 

This  national  honorary  society  is  for  those  students  interested  in 
history.  To  be  eligible,  students  must  have  completed  a  minimum  of  four 
unit  courses  in  history  with  grades  averaging  above  B. 

In  addition,  a  student  must  have  achieved  a  grade  of  B  or  better  in  two- 
thirds  of  his  remaining  academic  courses.  The  local  chapter  is  Zeta  Zeta. 

36 


ACADEMIC/37 


Omicron  Delta  Epsilon 


Juniors  and  seniors  making  the  study  of  economics  one  of  their  major 
interests  are  eligible  for  membership  in  this  national  honor  society. 
Qualifications  include  an  average  grade  of  better  than  B  in  a  minimum  of 
three  unit  courses  in  economics  and  an  overall  average  of  at  least  a  B  for 
all  college  courses.  The  local  chapter  is  Mu. 

Iruska  Honor  Society 

No  more  than  seven  juniors  are  selected  annually  for  membership  in 
Iruska,  which  honors  juniors  active  in  extracurricular  activities  who  best 
represent  the  spirit  of  campus  leadership  at  Lycoming  College,  and  whose 
academic  rank  is  in  the  upper  half  of  their  class. 


Campus 


The  facilities  at  Lycoming  are  excellent.  Of  the  twenty-two  buildings 
on  a  twenty-acre  campus,  fourteen  have  been  constructed  since  1951. 
Twelve  modern  structures  have  been  built  in  as  many  years  including  six 
dormitories,  a  student  center,  a  science  building,  and  a  five  million  dollar 
academic  center  whose  four  buildings  provide  a  library,  an  arena  theatre, 
a  planetarium,  faculty  offices,  classrooms,  lounge,  and  exhibit  facilities. 
In  addition,  there  is  a  twelve-acre  athletic  field  with  a  1,400  seat  stadium, 
near  the  campus. 

Academic 

The  Academic  Center:  A  broad  complex  of  instructional  facilities,  the 
Academic  Center,  completed  in  1968,  houses  classrooms,  laboratories, 
faculty  offices,  library,  planetarium,  and  theatre.  The  library  has  a  ca- 
pacity of  250.000  volumes  and  can  accommodate  as  many  as  700  students 
in  a  variety  of  study  and  reading  situations.  On  the  basement  level  it 
contains  a  computer  center  and  an  audio-visual  center.  Wendle  Hall,  the 
classroom  unit,  is  entered  through  Pennington  Lounge,  a  spacious  first- 
floor  lounge  which  serves  as  an  informal  meeting  place  for  students  and 
faculty.  Psychology  laboratories  are  located  in  the  basement  of  this 
section.  There  are  20  classrooms  on  the  second  and  third  floors.  A  third 
unit  contains  a  diversified  group  of  educational  and  cultural  facilities 


38 /ADMINISTRATIVE 

serving  both  the  College  and  the  community.  Located  here  are  the  Arena 
Theatre,  a  204-seat  theatre  featuring  a  thrust-type  stage,  and  the  Detwiler 
Planetarium.  Language,  mathematics,  and  physics  laboratories  and  the 
90-seat  Alumni  Lecture  Hall  are  located  on  the  second  and  third  floors. 
A  faculty  office  unit  contains  69  single-occupancy  faculty  offices  as  well 
as  seminar  rooms  in  the  core  area  of  the  upper  floors  and  a  lecture  hall 
on  the  ground  floor  with  a  seating  capacity  of  725. 

The  Art  Center:  The  President's  residence  for  25  years,  it  was  con- 
verted in  1965.  It  contains  studios  and  a  gallery  area  for  students  enrolled 
in  the  art  curriculum. 

The  Fme  Arts  Building:  Converted  from  a  residential  home,  this  build- 
ing contains  the  studios  and  individual  practice  rooms  for  the  students 
enrolled  in  the  music  curriculum. 

The  Science  Building:  Completed  in  1957,  it  is  exclusively  devoted  to 
scientific  studies  in  the  fields  of  chemistry  and  biology.  Lecture  rooms 
and  laboratories,  along  with  appropriate  faculty  offices  are  located  in 
the  Science  Building. 

Administrativh 

John  W.  Long  Halt:  Named  in  honor  of  the  late  Rev.  Dr.  John  W 
Long,  President  of  the  institution  from  1921  to  1955,  it  was  officially 
opened  in  October,  1951.  Long  Hall  is  the  administration  center  of  the 
College,  containing  the  oftices  of  the  President,  Dean  of  the  College, 
Dean  and  Assistant  Deans  of  Student  Services,  Treasurer,  Registrar, 
Director  of  Development,  Director  of  Admissions,  Director  of  Public 
Relations,  Director  of  Alumni  Aff"airs,  and  Director  of  Publications.  A 
reception  area  and  a  central  communications  system  are  located  on  the 
main  floor.  A  center  for  duplicating  and  bulk  mail  services  is  located  on 
the  ground  floor.  The  Conner  Memorial  Chapel  named  in  honor  of 
Benjamin  Conner,  president  of  the  Institution  from  1912-1921,  is  also 
on  that  level. 

Eveland  Hall:  Completed  in  1912  and  at  one  time  the  preministerial 
dormitory,  it  was  named  in  honor  of  Bishop  W.  P.  Eveland,  President  of 
Williamsport  Dickinson  Seminary  from  1905  to  1912.  No  longer  used 
for  residential  purposes,  Eveland  Hall  for  many  years  housed  the  Civil 
War  Museum  and  faculty  offices. 


Chapii 

Clarke  Chapel  was  built  in  1939  with  funds  willed  to  the  college  by 
Miss  Martha  B.  Clarke,  a  benefactor  interested  in  Christian  Education. 
Worship  services  and  other  events  are  held  in  the  main  floor  auditorium 
and  classes  are  conducted  in  its  lower  level. 


RESFDENTIAL/39 


Recreational 


D.  Frederick  Wertz  Student  Center:  The  student  center,  completed  in 
1959,  contains  the  dining  facilities.  Burchfield  Lounge,  a  recreation  area, 
game  room,  music  room,  book  store  and  post  office.  The  Board  Room 
and  offices  of  various  student  organizations  are  on  the  second  floor.  It 
was  named  in  honor  of  Bishop  D.  Frederick  Wertz,  President  of  the 
Institution  from  1955  until  his  election  to  the  episcopacy  in  1968. 

Gymnasium  :  This  is  the  athletic  center  of  the  college,  housing  basket- 
ball, and  other  courts,  swimming  pool,  bowling  alleys,  and  the  adminis- 
trative offices  of  the  Physical  Education  Department. 


Residential 

Rich  Hall:  Named  in  honor  of  the  Rich  family  of  Woolrich,  Pennsyl- 
vania, this  residence  currently  accommodates  126  women.  The  college  in- 
firmary and  the  Sara  J.  Walter  lounge  tor  non-resident  women  are  lo- 
cated on  the  ground  floor.  Completed  in  1948,  it  marked  the  first  step  in 
the  post-war  expansion  of  the  college. 

Crever  Hall :  Named  in  honor  of  the  Rev.  Benjamin  H.  Crever  who 
was  instrumental  in  persuading  the  Baltimore  Conference  to  purchase 
this  Institution  from  the  Town  Council  of  Williamsport  in  1848.  He  is 
considered  the  college's  founder  and  served  as  its  first  financial  agent. 
Crever  Hall  was  completed  in  1962  and  accommodates  126  women. 

North  Hall:  Completed  in  1965,  the  largest  women's  dormitory  accom- 
modates 146  students  in  two-room  suites  with  bath. 

Forrest  Hall:  Named  in  honor  of  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Fletcher  Bliss  Forrest 
and  Anna  Forrest  Burfiendt  the  parents  and  sister  of  Katherine  Forrest 
Mathers  whose  generosity  established  the  memorial.  Mrs.  Mathers  was  a 
Class  of  1928  graduate  of  Williamsport  Dickinson  Seminary,  and  her 
sister  was  a  1930  Seminary  graduate.  Completed  in  1968,  Forrest  Hall 
accommodates  92  women  students  in  two-room  suites  with  bath. 

Wesley  Hall:  The  oldest  men's  residence  currently  in  use  was  com- 
pleted in  1956.  It  accommodates  144  students  and  includes  lounges  and  a 
recreation  area.  This  building  was  named  in  honor  of  the  founder  of 
Methodism. 

Ashury  Hall:  Named  in  honor  of  Francis  Asbury,  the  Father  of  The 
United  Methodist  Church  in  America.  Bishop  Asbury,  the  best  known  of 
the  early  circuit  riders,  made  his  way  through  the  upper  "Susquehanna 
District"  in  1812,  the  same  year  the  Williamsport  Academy,  now 
Lycoming  College,  opened  its  doors  as  an  educational  institution.  Com- 
pleted in  1962.  this  residence  accommodates  154  men. 


40/ FRATERNITY  RESIDENCE 

Fraternity  Residence:  Also  completed  in  1962,  this  building  houses 
five  chapters  of  national  fraternities.  The  fraternity  units  are  distinct 
and  self-contained  and  provide,  in  addition  to  dormitory  facilities  for  the 
brothers,  lounges  and  chapter  rooms  for  each  group.  The  fraternities 
share  a  large  social  area  on  the  ground  floor. 

Skeath  Hall:  Named  in  honor  of  the  late  J.  Milton  Skeath,  faculty 
member  and  four-time  dean  of  the  institution  from  1921  to  1967.  Dr. 
Skeath  retired  in  1967  as  Professor  of  Psychology  Emeritus.  The  largest 
dormitory  on  campus,  it  was  completed  in  1965  and  accommodates 
184  men. 


Programs  and  Rules 


Office  of  Student  Services 

The  Office  of  Student  Services  is  located  on  the  second  floor  of  Long 
Hall.  This  office  is  responsible  for  all  aspects  of  student  development, 
except  in  the  academic  program  and  the  business  office  auxiliary  serv- 
ices. The  staff"  consists  of  the  Dean  of  Student  Development  and  five 
assistant  Deans,  each  of  whom  live  on  campus  and  are  available  for 
counseling  and  advising  students  with  individual  problems.  In  addition, 
each  staff"  member  is  responsible  for  a  functional  assignment:  Religious 
Activities  and  Health  Service,  Organizational  Life.  Student  Activities  and 
the  Student  Union.  Housing,  Career  Counseling  and  Placement,  and 
Special  Programs. 


Orientation 

The  orientation  program  at  Lycoming  College  is  designed  to  help  the 
student  entering  college  for  the  first  time  to  start  this  new  adventure 
under  the  most  favorable  circumstances.  An  entirely  new  concept  of 
courses,  class  scheduling,  and  methods  of  instruction  must  be  assimilated. 
Adjustments  to  this  new  experience  are  important. 

In  order  to  prepare  for  the  beginning  of  this  experience,  Lycoming 
schedules  six  to  eight  orientation  sessions  each  lasting  two  and  one  half 
days  during  the  summer.  Each  new  student  is  required  to  attend  one  of 
these  sessions  accompanied  by  at  least  one  parent. 

The  summer  program  makes  it  possible  to  schedule  ample  time  for  aca- 
demic advisement,  placement  testing,  library  orientation,  and  registra- 
tion. The  college  is  able  to  work  more  satisfactorily  with  new  students  in 
planning  programs  of  study  tailored  to  each  student's  vocational  and 
academic  interests.  Each  new  student  completes  all  preliminaries,  in- 
cluding registration,  during  the  summer  orientation  period.  Textbooks 
are  available  for  purchase  and  perusal  prior  to  the  opening  of  classes  in 
the  fall. 

Information  regarding  the  dates  of  orientation  sessions,  a  typical 
schedule  and  a  pre-registration  form  are  mailed  to  each  new  student 
admitted  to  Lycoming  College. 


Academic  Advisement 

An  advantage  of  a  small  college  is  the  rich  experience  gained  by  the 
close  association  of  students  and  faculty.  The  counseling  program  at  Ly- 
coming enables  students  to  discuss  various  academic  problems  with  their 
instructors,  the  Dean  of  the  College,  and  the  Dean  of  Student  Services. 

41 


42/PERSONAL  COUNSELING 

As  an  entering  Freshman,  the  student  is  assigned  to  a  faculty  adviser 
who  meets  with  him  as  needed  during  the  year.  The  Freshman  finds  his 
adviser  willing  to  guide  and  assist  in  the  many  problems  that  confront  a 
new  college  student.  Upperclass  students  who  do  not  feel  they  need  a 
formally  assigned  adviser  may  assume  the  responsibility  for  meeting 
their  degree  requirements  without  the  aid  of  an  adviser. 


Personal  Counseling 

The  Dean  of  Student  Services  and  his  assistants  provide  advisement 
and  counseling  for  students  with  emotional  and  adjustment  problems. 
Each  member  of  the  staff  is  qualified  to  give  assistance  of  a  nontherapeu- 
tic  type.  Students  with  severe  emotional  disorders  are  referred  to  private 
practitioners  whose  services  are  available  in  the  community.  When  a 
student  uses  the  services  of  a  private  clinician  in  the  community  he  is  re- 
sponsible for  the  payment  of  his  own  fees. 

In  addition  to  counseling  on  personal  problems,  vocational  advisement 
and  limited  testing  services  are  provided  through  the  staff  of  the  Student 
Services  Office. 


Study  Skills  Center 

A  series  of  study  skills  sessions  are  scheduled  as  the  need  arises  under 
professional  direction.  Groups  of  six  to  ten  students  are  enrolled  for  a 
series  of  six  to  ten  hours  in  each  session.  They  include  sessions  on  reading 
skills,  test-taking,  note-taking,  psychological  blocks  to  studying,  etc. 


Reading  Improvement  Course 

A  course  designed  to  improve  reading  skills  is  ofifeied  at  various  times 
during  the  academic  year.  Skilled  instructors  teach  students  how  to  im 
prove  reading  speed  and  comprehension  in  short  courses  which  span  a 
six-week  period — four  one-hour  periods  each  week.  A  student  who  is 
deficient  in  reading  skills  may  sign  up  for  this  course  on  a  voluntary 
hisis.  The  charge  rs  $50.00.  Information  is  sent  to  the  students  during  the 
summer. 


Career  Counseling  and  Placement  Service 

The  Career  Counseling  and  Placement  Service  offers  assistance  to  all 
students  in  the  selection  of  appropriate  career  objectives  and  job  place- 
ment through  the  provision  of  information  and  counseling  on  an  indi- 
vidual  basis,   seminars   on   vocationally   related   topics,   including   the 


RESIDENCE /43 

preparation  of  resumes,  interviewing  techniques,  self-evaluation  tech- 
niques, etc.  The  office  will  also  work  with  the  academic  departments  to 
develop  information  on  employment  opportunities  for  a  person  majoring 
in  a  particular  subject  field,  and  will  cooperate  with  faculty  in  assisting 
students  who  are  planning  for  professional  and  graduate  schools. 


The  Placement  Office,  located  on  first  floor  of  Long  Hall,  assists  the 
student  in  each  of  the  following  areas: 

1.  Securing  part-time  employment  on  the  campus  and  in  the  com- 
munity 

2.  Providing  information  about  graduate  school  programs,  scholar- 
ships, and  assistantships 

3.  Offering  information  on  vocational  opportunities,  employer  litera- 
ture, job  interviews,  government  service,  and  other  data  helpful  to 
seniors 

4.  Providing  information  about  summer  job  opportunities 

5.  The  college  maintains  an  active  teacher  placement  service  for  each 
education  graduate.  Each  year  many  districts  send  representatives 
to  the  campus  to  interview  prospective  elementary  and  secondary 
teachers.  Over  3500  positions  in  the  eastern  states  are  listed  yearly 
in  the  Education  Office. 

By  providing  on-campus  interviews  with  selected  employers  recruiting  on 
college  campuses  and  by  sending  student  credentials  to  prospective  em- 
ployers, the  Placement  Office  opens  broader  vocational  opportunities  to 
graduates  seeking  employment. 

Provisions  for  Veterans 

Lycoming  is  fully  approved  for  the  educational  program  for  veterans 
under  Federal  Public  Laws  550,  634,  and  894. 


Residence 

Single  students  who  do  not  reside  at  home  are  required  to  live  in  the 
college  residence  halls  and  eat  their  meals  in  the  college  dining  room. 
Special  diets  cannot  be  provided.  Some  upperclass  students  are  permitted 
to  live  off"  campus  when  there  is  a  shortage  of  space  in  the  residence  halls. 
Exceptions  to  these  regulations  for  freshmen  can  be  approved  only  for 
the  purpose  of  working  for  room  and/or  board  or  living  with  relatives. 
Requests  for  exceptions  must  be  submitted  in  writing  to  the  Assistant 
Dean  of  Student  Services-Housing.  The  petition  must  include  the  name 
of  the  householder  and  the  address  where  the  student  wishes  to  live. 


44 /WOMEN'S  RESIDENCE 

Members  and  pledges  of  social  fraternities  are  required  to  live  in  the 
Fraternity  Residence  when  space  is  available.  All  fraternity  members  eat 
their  meals  in  the  college  dining  room,  except  those  living  in  privately 
owned  fraternity  houses. 

Residents  furnish  their  own  linens,  towels,  blankets,  bedspreads,  and 
wastebaskets. 

Linens,  towels,  and  blankets  may  be  rented  from  the  Merit  Laundry  & 
Dry  Cleaning  Co.  Information  is  sent  to  all  resident  students  concerning 
this  service  following  their  assignment  to  a  room. 

All  students  who  do  not  have  permission  to  live  oflf-campus  must  sign 
a  room  agreement  form,  agreeing  to  observe  the  rules  and  regulations  for 
resident  students.  Agreements  will  be  sent  to  all  freshmen  following  the 
payment  of  their  advance  deposit.  Upperclassmen  will  receive  the  agree- 
ments and  rules  and  regulations  each  Spring. 

Because  of  the  inability  of  the  College  to  predict  enrollments  by  sex, 
it  may  be  necessary  to  change  assignments  of  halls,  on  occasion,  from 
women  to  men.  The  college  reserves  the  right  to  do  so  whenever  neces- 
sary, and  such  change  will  not  invalidate  the  room  rental  agreement. 


Women's  Residence 

Resident  women  currently  live  in  Rich  Hall,  Crever  Hall,  North  Hall, 
or  Forrest  Hall.  Rooms  are  arranged  in  suites  of  two  rooms  with  two  or 
three  students  living  in  each  room.  Each  suite  has  private  bath  facilities. 
Laundry  facilities  are  located  in  all  women's  dormitories.  Lounges  are 
located  on  the  first  floor  of  each  residence  hall. 

All  resident  women  students  are  members  of  the  Resident  Women's 
Association  of  Lycoming  College.  They  establish  standards  and  regula- 
tions for  community  living,  in  cooperation  with  the  College  student 
personnel  staff,  and  endeavor  to  assist  each  new  student  in  her  adjustment 
to  living  in  a  college  dormitory. 


Men's  Residence 

Resident  men  currently  live  in  Wesley  Hall,  Asbury  Hall,  Skeath  Hall 
and  the  Fraternity  Residence.  Upperclassmen  have  priority  in  assignment 
of  rooms.  Rooms  for  freshmen  are  assigned  according  to  the  date  the 
room  agreement  form  is  returned  to  the  housing  office. 

All  rooms  are  for  double  occupancy.  Rooms  are  furnished  with  a  single 
bed,  pillow,  desk,  desk  chair,  and  a  dresser  for  each  occupant.  The  furni- 
ture is  built  into  the  room,  and  a  light  is  provided  over  the  desk.  Window 
shades  are  provided  in  all  rooms.  It  is  advisable  to  wait  until  after  arriv- 
ing on  the  campus  to  purchase  draperies  and  bedspreads. 


firearms/45 

Standards  of  Conduc  t 

The  college  expects  all  of  its  students  to  accept  the  responsibility  re- 
quired of  citizens  in  a  free  democratic  society.  The  rules  and  regulations 
of  the  college  are  designed  to  protect  the  rights  of  every  member  of  the 
community  against  encroachment  by  individuals.  The  limitations  which 
are  imposed  upon  the  activities  of  individuals  are  established  for  the 
common  good  of  the  entire  college  community. 

Students  who  are  unable  to  demonstrate  that  they  can  accept  this  re- 
sponsibility or  are  antagonistic  to  the  spirit  and  general  purpose  of  the 
college,  or  fail  to  abide  by  the  regulations  established  by  the  college  may 
be  dismissed  or  requested  to  leave  the  college  at  any  time.  Further,  at  the 
end  of  any  term  or  semester  the  College  may  deny  a  student  the  privilege 
of  attendmg  any  subsequent  term  or  semester  when  the  administration 
deems  this  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  College.  In  addition  to  the 
regulations  published  here,  specific  rules  are  furnished  each  student  in  the 
Guidepost. 

The  consumption  or  possession  of  alcoholic  beverages  on  campus  or  at 
any  college  function  is  prohibited.  Detailed  information  regarding 
the  laws  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  are  published  in  the 
Handbook  of  Rules  and  Regulations. 

Lycoming  College  does  not  condone  the  illegal  use  of  drugs  by  its  stu- 
dents. A  detailed  statement  regarding  the  policy  on  drugs  is  published  in 
the  Guidepost. 

Gambling,  cheating  and  stealing  are  totally  inconsistent  with  Lycom- 
ing standards.  Students  who  cannot  accept  the  prohibition  of  such  be- 
havior should  not  apply.  Although  the  adherence  to  proper  conduct  is  an 
individual  responsibility  it  is  a  group  responsibility  as  well.  It  is  encum- 
bent on  all  Lycoming  students  that  they  prevail  upon  their  fellow  stu- 
dents to  conduct  themselves  honorably  for  the  collective  good. 

It  is  assumed  that  a  willingness  to  accept  these  restrictions  is  implicit  in 
the  acceptance  of  membership  in  the  Lycoming  College  community. 

Automobiles 

Resident  students  of  the  college  who  have  automobiles  or  other  motor 
operated  vehicles  must  register  all  such  vehicles  with  the  college.  Parking 
privileges  on  the  campus  are  limited  to  those  persons  with  registered 
vehicles. 


Firearms 

No  resident  student  may  keep  firearms,  ammunition,  or  explosive  de- 
vices in  the  place  of  his  residence  or  stored  in  an  automobile  on  the  cam- 
pus. Facilities  for  storing  firearms  for  hunting  and  target  purposes  are 
available. 


46/ RESIDENCE   HALLS 


Residence  Halls 


Residence  hall  students  are  responsible  for  the  furnishings  and  the 
condition  of  their  rooms.  The  college  reserves  the  right  to  enter  and 
inspect  any  of  its  property,  or  the  property  of  a  room  resident  for  reasons 
of  damage,  health,  safety,  or  to  determine  whether  violation  of  its  rules  or 
the  law  are  taking  place  or  have  occurred.  Charges  will  be  assessed  for 
damages  to  rooms,  doors,  furniture,  and  comrnonly  used  areas. 

Residence  hall  students  are  expected  to  vacate  their  rooms  during  the 
vacation  periods  when  the  halls  are  closed  and  not  later  than  24  hours 
following  their  last  examinations,  except  for  graduating  seniors. 

Regulations  regarding  quiet  hours  for  study  are  established  by  the 
appropriate  residence  hall  councils  and  are  published  in  the  Residence 
Halls'  Handbook  and  on  the  bulletin  boards  in  the  halls. 

Room  visitation  by  members  of  the  opposite  sex  is  permitted  only  in 
the  Men's  Residence  Halls  during  hours  established  by  the  College. 
Room  visitation  in  Women's  Residence  Halls  is  permitted  only  during 
scheduled  open  houses,  which  must  be  supervised  or  chaperoned. 


Money  and  Valuables 

The  college  accepts  no  responsibility  for  loss  of  valuables  due  to  theft, 
fire,  or  other  causes.  Students  may  deposit  money  in  the  Treasurer's 
Office.  Withdrawals  are  permitted  during  office  hours. 


Marriage 

Students  who  change  their  marital  status  are  requested  to  notify  the 
Office  of  Student  Services  prior  to  their  marriage. 

Married  students  may  live  in  the  college  residence  halls  only  with 
special  permission. 


Health  Services 


Medical  History  and  Physical  Examination 

Each  student  entering  the  college  is  required  to  submit  a  medical 
history  record  and  a  physical  examination  form  prior  to  arriving  on  the 
campus.  The  parent  or  guardian  of  each  student  under  21  years  of  age 
must  sign  the  health  record  which  authorizes  the  college  health  author- 
ities to  give  emergency  medical  treatment  according  to  good  medical 
practice.  In  the  event  an  operation  or  other  treatment  is  required  for  a 
serious  accident  or  illness,  the  College  Physician  will  always  secure  prior 
parental  consent  if  the  circumstances  permit. 

Exemption,  for  medical  reasons,  from  participation  in  physical  activity 
associated  with  physical  education  may  be  granted  only  by  the  College 
Physician.  This  exemption  is  based  upon  the  medical  history,  report  of 
the  student's  physician,  and  a  physical  examination  by  the  College 
Physician. 


Infirmary  Service 

The  college  maintains  an  infirmary,  located  in  Rich  Hall,  which  is 
staffed  with  registered  nurses  twenty-four  hours  a  day  five  days  a  week 
and  from  8:00  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m.  on  Saturdays  and  Sundays.  Weekend 
service  after  4:00  p.m.  is  available  at  the  Williamsport  Hospital  Emer- 
gency Room  through  the  Emergency  Care  Physicians  Association,  at  the 
expense  of  the  student.  The  College  Physician  is  on  call  when  needed. 
Normal  medical  treatment  by  the  Health  Service  Staff  at  the  college 
infirmary  is  free  of  charge.  However,  special  medications,  x-rays, 
surgery,  care  of  major  accidents,  immunizations,  examinations  for 
glasses,  physician's  calls  other  than  in  the  infirmary,  referrals  for  treat- 
ment by  specialists,  and  special  nursing  service,  etc.,  are  not  included  in 
the  free  infirmary  service. 

Accident  and  Sickness  Insurance 

All  resident  students  are  required  to  purchase  the  Accident  and  Sick- 
ness Group  Insurance  Plan  of  the  college  for  the  academic  year,  unless 
they  can  present  evidence  that  they  are  covered  under  some  other  health 
insurance  program.  Non-resident  students  may  participate  in  the  College 
Group  Insurance  Plan  on  a  voluntary  basis.  If  a  student  becomes  in- 
eligible under  another  plan  because  of  age,  he  must  enter  the  college 
program  in  the  semester  in  which  he  loses  his  other  coverage.  The  in- 
surance plan  will  also  be  available  for  twelve-month  coverage  on  a 
voluntary  basis  for  all  students.  Information  concerning  the  plan  and 
its  benefits  will  be  sent  to  all  students  during  the  summer. 

47 


Academic  Calendar 


1971-1972 


FALL  SEMESTER   1971 


September     6 — Monday 

8 —  Wednesday 
November  23 — Tuesday 
29 — Monday 
December  22 — Wednesday 


Dormitories  Open  2  p.m. 
Classes  begin 

Thanksgiving  recess  begins  8  p.m. 
Classes  resume  8  a.m. 
Semester  ends  8  p.m. 


SPRING  SEMESTER   1972 


January 

March 

April 
May 

9— Sunday 
1 0 — Monday 

3 — Friday 
1 3 — Monday 
1%— Friday 

1 — Sunday 

May 
June 

1 — Sunday 
8 — Monday 
2 — Friday 

June 

4 — Sunday 
5 — Monday 
30— Friday 

September    4 — Monday 

6 —  Wednesday 
November  21 — Tuesday 
27 — Monday 
December   22 — Friday 

January 

March 

April 
May 

7 — Sunday 
8 — Monday 
2 — Friday 
1 2 — Monday 
27 — Friday 
6 — Sunday 

May 
June 

6 — Sunday 
1 — Monday 
1  — Friday 

June 

3 — Sunday 
4 — Monday 
19— Friday 

Dormitories  Open  2  p.m. 

Classes  begin 

Spring  recess  begins  5  p.m. 

Classes  resume  8  a.m. 

Semester  ends  5  p.m. 

Commencement 


MAY  TERM   1972 


Dormitories  Open  2  p.m. 
Classes  begin 
Term  ends 


SUMMER  TERM   1972 


Dormitories  Open  2  p.m. 
Classes  begin 
Term  ends 


FALL  SEMESTER  1972 


1972-1973 


Dormitories  Open  4  p.m. 
Classes  begin 

Thanksgiving  recess  begins  8  p.m. 
Classes  resume  8  a.m. 
Semester  ends  5  p.m. 


SPRING  SEMESTER  1973 


Dormitories  Open  2  p.m. 

Classes  begin 

Spring  recess  begins  5  p.m. 

Classes  resume  8  a.m. 

Semester  ends  5  p.m. 

Commencement 


MAY  TERM   1973 


Dormitories  open  4  p.m. 
Classes  begin 
Term  ends 


SUMMER  TERM    1973 


Dormitories  open 
Classes  begin 
Terms  ends 


Special  institutes  and  workshops  to  be  announced  as  developed. 


48 


1971-1972 

SEPTEMBER,  1971 
S    M  T   W  T    F    S 

I      2     .i      I 

5     6     7     8     9  10  li 
12  IS  M  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30   . .    . . 

OCTOBER,  1971 
S    M  T   W  T    F    S 

1     2 

NOVEMBER,  1971 

S    M   T   W   T    F    S 

.  .      12     3     4     5     6 

7     8     9   10  11  12  13 

14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

DECEMBER.  1971 
S    M  T  W  T    F    S 

1     2     3     4 

5     6     7     8    9  10  11 
12  13  14  15  16  17  18 
19  20  21  22  23  21  25 

3     4     5     6     7     8     9 
10  11   12  13  14  15   16 
17   18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 
31    . 

21   22  23  21  2,'5  26 

28  29  30    

26  27   28  29  30  31    . . 

JANUARY,  1972 
S    M    T    W   T    F    S 

FEBRUARY.  1972 
S    M   T  W  T    F    S 

MARCH,  1972 
S    M   T   W   T    F 

S 

APRIL,  1972 
S    M  T   W  T    F    S 

1 

...      12     3     4     5 

6     7     8     9  10  11   12 

13  14  15  16  17   18  19 

20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29   

1     2     3 

1 

n 

1 

2      3      15      6      7      8 

9  10  11  12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30  31      .          

5      6      7      8      9    10 

2     3     4     5     6     7     8 

9  10  11   12  13  14  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 

23  24  25  26  27  28  29 

30 

12  13  14  15   16  17 
19  20  21  22  23  24 
26  27  28  29  30  31 



18 

25 

MAY,  1972 
S    M    T    W   T    F     S 

1    2    ;?    i    5    6 

JUNE,  1972 
S    M   T   W  T    F    S 

JULY,  1972 
S    M   T    W   T    F 

S 

AUGUST,  1972 
S    M    T    W   T    F    S 
....      1     2     3     4     5 
6     7     8     9   10   11    12 
13   14  15   16   17   18  19 
20  21   22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31    . .    . . 

1    2    :j 

2     3     4     5     6    'i 

9   10  11   12  13   14 

16   17   18  19  20  21 

23  24  25  26  27  28 

30  31 

1 

8 

15 

22 

29 

7     8    9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 

21  22  23  24  25  26  27 

4     5     6     7     8     9  10 
11   12   13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 
25  26  27  28  29  30    . . 

1972-1973 

SEPTEMBER,  1972 
S    M  T   W  T    F    S 

1      2 

OCTOBER,  1972 
S    M  T   W   T    F    S 
12     3     4     5     6     7 
8     9  10  11   12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  23  24  25  26  27  28 
29  30  31    

NOVEMBER,  1972 
S    M  T   W  T    F    S 

DECEMBER,  1972 1 
S    M  T   W  T    F    S 

1     2     3 

5     6     7     8     9   10 
12  13  14  15  16  17 

19  20  21  22   2:!   21 

4 
11 
18 

12 

(456789 
10  11  12  13  14  IS  16 
17  18  19  20  21  22  23 
24  25  26  28  27  29  30 

3     4     5     6     7     8     9 
10  11   12  13  14  15  16 

17   18  19  20  21  22  21 
21   23   26   27    28   29   30 
31 

26  27  28  29  30    .  .    .  . 

JANUARY,  1973 
S    M    T    VV    T     F     S 
.712:5      I      3      h 

7     8     9  10  11  12  13 
14  15  16  17  18  19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31    

FEBRUARY,  1973 
S    M   T   W  T    F    S 

MARCH,  1973 
S    M  T   W  T    F 

1     2 

S 

10 

APRIL.  1973 
S    M   T  W  T    F    S 
12     3     4     5    6     7 
8     9  10  11  12  13  14 
15  16  17  18  19  20  21 
22  22  24  25  26  27  28 
29    3(t 

12     3 

4     5     6     7     8     9  10 
11  12  13  14  15  16  17 
18  19  20  21  22  23  24 

25  26  27  28 

15     6      7      8     9 

11   \2  13  14  15  16 
18  19  20  21  22  23 
25  26  27  28  29  30 

17 
24 
31 

MAY.  1973 

5  M    T    w    r    F    s 
....       12      .J      1      5 

6  7     8     9  10  11  12 
13  14  15  16  17  18  19 
20  21  22  23  24  25  26 
27  28  29  30  31    . .    . . 

JUNE.  1973 
S    M   T   W  T    F    S 

JULY,  1973 
S    M    T    W    T    F 

S 

AUGUST.  1973 
S    M   T    W   T    F    S 

1     2     3     4 

5     6     7     8     9   10   11 
12   13   14   15   16   17   18 
19  20  21  22  23  24  25 
26  27  28  29  30  31    . . 

1     2 

12     3     4     5     6 

8     9   10   11    12   13 

15   16   17   18   19  20 

22  23  24  25  26  27 

29  30  31    

7 
14 
21 
28 

3     4     5     6     7     8     9 
10  11  12  13  14  15  16 
17   18  19  20  21   22  23 
24  25  26  27  28  29  30 

FALL  1973 

SEPTEMBER.  1973 

S    M   T   w    r    F    s 

OCTOBER.  1973 
S    M   T   W  T    F    S 

.  .      12     3     4     5     6 
7     8     9  10  11    12  13 
14  15  16  17   18   19  20 
21  22  23  24  25  26  27 
28  29  30  31    

NOVEMBER,  1973 

S    M   T    W   T    F    S 

1     2     3 

4     5     6     7     8     9  10 
11   12   13   14   15   16  17 

18  19  20  Jl    -'-'   s.\  :\ 

DECEMBER,  1973 
S    M   T   W  T    F    S 

1 

. .    , 1 

2  iiiPt     5     6     7     8 

■^F"BWtt  12  13  n  15 

16  17  18  19  20  21  22 
23  24  25  26  27  28  29 
30      , 

2     3     4     5     6     7     8 
9   10  11    12  13   14  15 

16   17    18   19  20  21   22 

2.-.   26  27   28  29  30    .  . 

::,  2  I  23  2h  2:  2n  29 

30    .11                              ,       . 

49 


.   .r, ^;^,-_  ^.     ^Ei 

B 

.  ^^^-       m^ 

!K^>0    -"xmu 

'^ 

t-^-J'-W"        M 

F^^.gJ 

■  -:*  ^^ 

m^vA 

n 

The  Alumni  Association 


The  Alumni  Association  of  Lycoming  College  has  a  membership  of 
over  seven  thousand  men  and  women.  It  is  governed  by  an  Executive 
Board  of  five  officers  and  twenty-one  members  nominated  and  elected  by 
the  membership.  It  annually  elects  a  member  to  the  Board  of  Directors  of 
the  College  for  a  three-year  term.  The  Director  of  Alumni  Affairs  directs 
the  activities  of  the  Alumni  Office. 

The  Alumni  Association  of  Lycoming  College  has  two  objectives: 
(1)  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  college,  and  (2)  to  foster  among  its 
members  loyalty  and  devotion  to  their  alma  mater.  Any  person  who  has 
successfully  completed  one  year  of  study  at  Lycoming  College  or 
Williamsport  Dickinson  Junior  College  and  who  is  not  enrolled  as  a 
full-time  student  at  Lycoming  College,  and  all  former  students  of 
Williamsport  Dickinson  Seminary  are  members  of  the  Association. 

The  Alumni  Office  is  located  on  the  first  floor  of  Long  Hall.  Arrange- 
ments for  Homecoming,  Alumni  Day,  Class  Reunions,  club  meetings 
and  similar  activities  are  coordinated  through  this  office.  There  are  alum- 
ni clubs  in  Harrisburg,  Lehigh  Valley,  Philadelphia.  Pittsburgh,  State 
College.  Muncy,  Northern  New  Jersey.  Rochester,  Schenectady.  Syra- 
cuse, Connecticut.  Baltimore,  and  Washington,  D.C. 

Lycoming  College  holds  Class  A.  B.  and  C  memberships  in  the  Ameri- 
can Alumni  Council.  Through  The  Lycoming  College  Fund,  the  Alumni 
Office  is  closely  associated  with  the  development  program  of  the  college. 

Acting  as  the  representative  of^  alumni  on  the  campus,  and  working 
also  with  undergraduates,  the  Alumni  Oflfice  aids  in  keeping  alumni 
informed  and  interested  in  the  program,  growth,  and  activities  of  the 
college. 

Communications  to  the  Alumni  Association  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Alumni  Office. 


Honorary  Degrees  Conferred — 1971 

January  12,  1971 
Elaine  Shaffer,  HH.D.,  World  Famous  Flautist 


51 


COMMUNICATION  WITH  THE  COLLEGE 


This  document  contains  pertinent  information  about  the  college,  its 
philosophy,  programs,  policies,  regulations  and  offerings.  All  students 
and  prospective  students  are  urged  to  read  it  carefully  and  completely. 

Inquiries  of  a  specific  nature  should  be  addressed  as  follows: 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE: 

Information  about  faculty  and  faculty  activities. 
Academic  work  of  students  in  college. 

TREASURER: 

Payment  of  college  bills. 
Inquiries  concerning  expenses. 

DIRECTOR  OF  DEVELOPMENT: 

Gifts  or  bequests. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 
DIRECTOR  OF  PUBLIC  RELATIONS 

DEAN  OF  STUDENT  SERVICES: 

Questions  or  problems  concerning  students'  health. 
Residence  and  campus  regulations 

REGISTRAR: 

Requests  for  transcripts. 
Notices  of  withdrawal. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS: 

Admission  to  the  freshman  class. 
Admission  with  advanced  standing. 
Re-entry  of  students  to  Lycoming  College. 
Requests  for  catalogs. 

PLACEMENT  OFFICE: 

Opportunities  for  self-help. 
Employment  while  in  college. 
Employment  upon  graduation. 

DIRECTOR  OF  STUDENT  AID: 

Scholarships  and  loan  funds  for  students  in  college. 
Financial  assistance  for  entering  students. 

Address:  Lycoming  College,  Williamsport,  Pennsylvania    17701 
Telephone:  326-195 J  Area  Code  717 

53 


.*    ,       .           ,  . 

i 

1 

I  K.               I| 

^■^^^^^^^^H 

^H 

^H 

L^ 

1 

^^ 

',^1  *"'^i:yi.'Sv;- 


HI*":' 

-'-^^r 

,f^f 


M  >  r 


if<i 


■*^ 


COURSES 


Courses  numbered  as  noted  below  generally  will  be  for  the  level  indicated : 

Numbers  1-  9  Elementary  courses  in  departments  where  such 
courses  are  not  counted  as  part  of  the  student's 
major.  This  applies  to  such  areas  as  Foreign 
Languages  and  Mathematics. 

Numbers  10-19   Freshman  level 

Numbers  20-29  Sophomore  level 

Numbers  30-39  Junior  level 

Numbers  40-49  Senior  level 

Numbers  50-59  Special  Advanced  Courses 

Numbers  70-79  Seminar  Study 

Numbers  80-89  Independent  Study 

Numbers  90-99  Independent  Study  for  Departmental  Honors 

Courses  in  the  50-59.  70-79,  80-89,  90-99  number  series  are  not  listed  un- 
der eaeh  department,  hut  are  in  effect  for  each  department  and  represent  the 
particular  studies  listed  opposite  the  numbers  above  (that  is,  seminar  study 
for  all  departments  fall  in  the  70-79  series,  etc.). 

Courses  not  in  sequence  are  listed  separately,  as: 

Introduction  to  Art  Art  10 

Drawing  I  Art  1 1 

Courses  which  imply  a  sequence  are  indicated  with  a  dash  between, 
meaning  that  the  first  semester  must  be  taken  prior  to  the  second,  as: 
Intermediate  French  French  10-11 

57 


INTERDISCIPLINARY  MAJORS 

Established  Interdisciplinary  Majors  (EIM) 

ACCOUNTING/MATHEMATICS 
CO-ORDINATOR— Assistant  Professor  Feldmann 

The  Accounting-Mathematics  InterdiscipUnary  Major  is  designed  to 
offer,  within  a  Hberal  arts  framework,  courses  which  will  aid  students 
in  constructing  mathematical  models  for  accounting  decision  making. 
The  student  will  obtain  a  substantial  background  in  mathematics  and  a 
working  knowledge  in  accounting. 

Majors  will  be  only  four  courses  short  of  a  math  major  and  three 
courses  short  of  an  accounting  major.  Required  courses  in  accounting 
are:  Elementary,  Intermediate.  Cost  and  Budgetary  Accounting  Theory. 
In  Mathematics  they  are:  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  I.  II.  and  III; 
and  Modern  Algebra  II;  plus  two  courses  from  Differential  Equations, 
Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis,  and  Mathematic  Statistics  I  and  II. 
Business  courses  required  are  Legal  Principles  I  and  II.  Recommended 
courses  include:  Computer  Science,  Introduction  to  Statistics,  Financial 
Management.  Statistics  Applied  to  Business.  Insurance.  Principles  of 
Economics,  Industrial  Psychology,  Social  Psychology,  and  Introduction 
to  Sociology. 

LITERATURE 
CO-ORDINATOR  — Associate  Professor  Maples 

This  major  recognizes  literature  as  a  distinct  discipline  beyond  national 
boundaries  and  combines  the  study  of  any  two  literatures  in  the  areas  of 
English.  French.  German,  Russian,  and  Spanish.  Students  can  thus 
explore  two  literatures  widely  and  intensively  at  the  upper  levels  of 
course  offerings  within  each  of  the  respective  departments  while  develop- 
ing and  applying  skills  in  foreign  languages.  The  major  prepares  for 
graduate  study  in  either  of  the  two  literatures  studied  or  in  Comparative 
Literature. 

The  major  requires  six  literature  courses  beyond  the  survey  level, 
equally  divided  between  the  two  literatures  concerned.  Beyond  these  six, 
the  major  must  include  at  least  two  additional  courses  from  among  those 
either  department  designates  as  counting  toward  its  departmental  major. 
Any  prerequisite  courses  in  the  respective  departments  (for  example: 
English  20,  21,  34,  35;  French  33;  German  33.  34;  Russian  33,  34; 
Spanish  33,  34,  35,  36)  should  be  taken  during  the  Freshman  and 
Sophomore  years.  In  general,  two  of  the  major  courses  in  each  depart- 
ment should  be  period  courses.  The  third  course,  taken  either  as  a  regular 

58 


SOVIET  AREA  STUDIES/  59 

course  or  as  independent  study,  may  have  as  its  subject  another  period; 
a  particular  author,  genre,  or  Hterary  theme;  or  some  other  unifying 
approach  or  idea.  Students  should  design  their  program  in  consultation 
with  a  faculty  member  from  each  of  the  literatures  concerned.  Programs 
for  the  major  must  be  approved  by  both  departments. 

NEAR  EAST  CULTURE  AND  ARCHEOLOGY 
CO-ORDINATOR  — Assistant  Professor  Lutz 

The  Near  Eastern  Culture  and  Archeology  interdisciplinary  major  is 
designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  "cradle  of  Western  civilization", 
both  in  its  ancient  and  modern  aspects.  Majors  will  complete  a  minimum 
of  eight  to  ten  unit  courses  related  to  the  Near  East. 

Required  courses  are  described  in  their  departmental  sections  and 
include: 

1.  Three  courses  (semesters)  in  language  and  culture  from: 

A.  Old  Testament  Faith  and  History  (Religion  13) 

B.  Religions  of  the  World — Islam  and  Judaism  (Religion  24) 

C.  History  and  Religion  of  the  Ancient  Near  East  (Religion  26) 

D.  Culture  of  the  Ancient  Near  East  (Religion  27) 

E.  Advanced  Old  Testament  Topics  (Religion  36) 

F.  Judaism  and  Christianity  in  the  New  Testament  (Religion  40) 

G.  Two  semesters  of  foreign  language  (Hebrew  11,  12;  or  independ- 
ent study  of  related  Semitic  languages.) 

2.  Two  courses  (semesters)  in  archeology  from: 

A.  Palestinian  Archeology  (Religion  46) 

B.  Field  Palestinian  Archeology  (Religion  47) 

C.  Advanced  Palestinian  Archeology  (Religion  48) 

3.  Two   courses  (semesters)   in   related   departments,   such   as:   Art. 

History,    Political    Science,    Religion,    and    Sociology-Anthro- 
pology. These  two  courses,  usually  taken  in  the  Junior  or  Senior 
years,  can  be  independent  study.  Topics  should  be  related  either 
to  the  ancient  or  the  modern  Near  East  and  must  be  approved  in 
advance  by  the  committee  supervising  the  interdisciplinary  study. 
Other  courses  may  be  required  by  the  supervisory  committee  but  not 
beyond  requiring  ten  courses  in  the  major.  The  number  of  courses  taken 
within  this  program  applicable  toward  fulfilling  the  College  distribution 
requirements  will  vary  according  to  the  selection  of  courses  made  by 
the  student. 


SOVIET  AREA  STUDIES 

CO-ORDINATOR  — Assistant  Professor  Winston 

The  Soviet  Area  Studies  major  is  an  interdisciplinary  major  designed 
to  offer,  within  the  framework  of  a  liberal  arts  education,  intensified 


60/INDIVlDUAL  INTERDISCIPLINARY   MAJORS  (IIM) 

Study  of  the  Soviet  Union,  communism,  and  related  matters.  The  pro- 
gram enables  the  student  to  acquire  a  broader  perspective  of  the  USSR 
than  can  generally  be  obtained  within  one  discipline. 

Required  courses  are  described  in  their  departmental  sections  and 
include: 

1.  Six  semesters  of  Russian  language  and/or  literature  beyond  the 
elementary  level. 

2.  Topics  in  Russian  and  Soviet  History  (History  46  and  47). 

3.  Two  courses  (semesters)  of  Senior  Seminar  on  the  USSR. 

4.  Four  courses  (semesters)  from: 
Comparative  Economic  Systems  (Economics  23) 
Government  of  the  Soviet  Union  (Political  Science  36) 
Foreign  Policy  of  the  Soviet  Union  (Political  Science  37) 
Social  and  Political  Philosophy  (Philosophy  22) 
Modern  Revolutions  (History  36) 

Under  this  program,  up  to  nine  courses  required  to  satisfy  the  college 
distribution  requirements  can  be  completed  from  the  above  courses. 


Individual  Interdisciplinary  Majors  (IIM) 

REGISTRAR  — Mr.  Glunk 

Any  student  eligible  to  apply  for  a  major  may  apply  for  an  inter- 
disciplinary major  to  the  Committee  on  Interdisciplinary  Majors  via  the 
Registrar,  who  will  provide  a  copy  of  the  Guidelines  For  Interdisciplinary 
Majors  and  the  other  necessary  forms. 

Individual  Interdisciplinary  majors  normally  involve  two  or  more 
departments  which  each  already  offer  a  major.  An  IIM  is  normally 
comprised  of  a  minimum  of  ten  courses  beyond  those  satisfying  the 
distribution  requirements.  If  the  IIM  involves  departments  not  included 
in  meeting  the  distribution  requirements,  then  the  ten  courses  may 
include  elementary  courses  usually  used  to  satisfy  distribution  require- 
ments. However,  the  student  is  expected  to  take  at  least  six  courses  at 
the  advanced  (junior  or  senior)  level  as  determined  in  consultation  with 
his  advisors.  Changes  in  this  set  of  courses  comprising  the  major,  which 
may  be  desired  or  needed  as  the  student  progresses,  must  be  authorized 
by  the  Committee  on  Interdisciplinary  Majors. 

An  IIM  student  is  advised  by  a  committee  composed  of  one  professor 
from  each  department  involved.  The  student  chooses  the  chairman  who 
functions  as  the  advisor  of  record,  maintains  the  student's  records,  etc. 
The  Committee  on  Interdisciplinary  Majors  must  certify  the  successful 
completion  of  the  IIM  for  graduation.  The  student's  transcript  will  show 
Interdisciplinary  major  in  (Departments),  for  example:  Interdis- 
ciplinary major  in  Urban  Studies  (History,  Psychology,  Sociology). 


ACCOUNTING 


Associate  Professor:  Richmond  (Chairman) 

Instructor:  Huber 

Part-Time  Instructor:  Remaley 

The  purpose  of  the  major  is  to  give  students  a  thorough  foundation  in 
accounting  theory,  enabhng  them  to  enter  the  profession  through  public, 
private,  or  governmental  employment.  To  achieve  this,  a  core  of  eight 
courses;  Accounting  10,  20-21,  30-31,  40,  41,  and  43;  is  required.  All 
majors  are  advised  to  enroll  in  four  courses  in  Economics,  including  10 
and  1 1 ;  Business  20-21,  23,  35,  and  36;  and  Mathematics  5  and  8. 


10    Elementary  Accounting  Theory 

An  introductory  course  in  recording,  classifying,  summarizing,  and  interpreting  the 
basic  business  transaction.  Problems  of  classification  and  interpretation  of  accounts 
and  preparation  of  financial  statements  are  studied. 

20-21     Intermediate  Accounting  Theory 

An  intensive  study  of  accounting  statements  and  analytical  procedures  with  emphasis 
upon  corporate  accounts.  Price  level  adjustments,  partnerships,  joint  ventures,  in- 
stallment and  consignment  sales,  branch  and  home  office  accounting,  and  the  state- 
ment of  affairs  are  among  the  topics  studied.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  10. 

30-31     Cost  and  Budgetary  Accounting  Theory 

Methods  of  accounting  for  material,  labor  and  factory  overhead  expenses  consumed 
in  manufacturing  using  job  order,  process  and  standard  costing.  Application  of  cost 
accounting  and  budgeting  theory  to  decision  making  in  the  areas  of  make  or  buy,  ex- 
pansion of  production  and  sales,  and  accounting  for  control  are  dealt  with.  Prerequi- 
site: Accounting  21,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

40  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice 

The  science  of  verifying,  analyzing,  and  interpreting  accounts  and  reports.  An  audit 
project  is  presented,  solved  and  the  auditor's  report  is  written.  Prerequisite :  Account- 
ing 21. 

41  Federal  Income  Tax  Accounting  and  Planning 

Analysis  of  the  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  relating  to  income,  deduc- 
tions, inventories,  and  accounting  methods.  Practical  problems  involving  determina- 
tion of  income  and  deductions,  capital  gains  and  losses,  computation  and  payment  of 
taxes  through  withholdmg  at  the  source  and  through  declaration  are  considered. 
Planning  transactions  so  that  a  minimum  amount  of  tax  will  result  is  emphasized. 
Prerequisite:  .Accounting  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 


42     Federal  Income  Tax  Administration  and  Planning 

An  analysis  of  the  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  relating  to  partnerships, 

estates,  trusts,  and  ciMporations.  An  extensive  series  ot  problems  is  considered  and 
effective  tax  planning'  is  emphasized.  Prerequisite :  Acctninling  41 . 


62  /ART 

43     Contemporary  Accounting  Problems 

Certain  areas  of  advanced  accounting  theory,  including  fund  accounting,  are  covered, 
and  problems  are  taken  from  past  C.P.A.  examinations  which  require  a  thorough 
knowledge  of  the  core  courses  in  their  solution.  The  course  is  intended  to  meet  the 
needs  of  those  interested  in  public  accounting  and  preparation  for  the  Certified  Public 
Accountants  Examination.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  31  or  consent  of  instructor. 


ART 


Assistant  Professor:  Shipley 

Instructor:  Ameigh 
Part-Time  Instructor:  Fetter 

A  major  consists  of  a  balanced  program  oi  history  of  art  and  studio 
courses.  In  addition  to  the  core  courses  of  the  major  program  (Art  11. 
15  or  16,  20,  21.  22,  23,  30,  and  55).  the  student  will  elect  two  advanced 
courses  in  art  history.  Art  25  and  35.  or  Art  28  and  38  may  be  substituted 
for  Art  20  and  30.  Majors  will  be  required  to  present  their  better  work 
in  a  one-man  show  during  their  senior  year,  which  is  prepared  for  in 
Art  46.  Studio  Research. 

10  Introduction  to  Art 

Presents  historical  and  contemporary  styles  of  architecture,  sculpture,  pamtmg.  and 
the  minor  arts;  considers  the  roles  of  the  elements  of  design  and  of  materials  and 
techniques  in  the  creation  and  appreciation  of  works  of  art. 

1 1  Drawing  I 

Study  of  the  human  figure  with  gesture  and  proportion  stressed.  Student  is  made 
familiar  with  different  drawing  techniques  and  media.  Some  drawing  from  nature. 
Offered  in  alternate  semesters  with  Drawing  II  and  III. 

14  Design  for  Elementary  Teachers 

A  course  designed  to  give  each  student  the  opportunity  to  explore,  in  his  own  creative 
style,  ideas,  techniques  and  methods  for  involving  children  in  expressive  activities 
through  the  use  of  a  wide  range  of  media  in  the  making  of  prints,  puppets,  pictorial 
and  design  projects,  simple  modeling,  mosaics,  plaster  casting,  weaving  and  stitchery 
projects,  simple  jewelry  and  gift  crafts,  lettering  projects,  mobiles,  stabiles,  and  other 
three-dimensional  designs  created  from  scrap  materials. 

15  Two-Dimensional  Design 

The  basic  fundamentals  found  in  the  two-dimensional  arts;  line,  shape,  form,  space, 
color,  and  composition  are  taught  in  relationship  to  the  other  two-dimensional  arts. 
Perceptual  theories  and  their  relationships  to  what  and  why  we  see  what  we  see  in  art 
is  discussed  with  each  problem. 


ART/  63 

16    Three-Dimensional  Design 

An  introduction  to  the  uses  of  form  and  materials.  Objects  will  be  designed  whose  form 
follows  function,  such  as  kites;  whose  form  follows  expressive  intent,  such  as  plaster 
constructions  or  movie  films. 

20  Painting  I 

An  introduction  of  painting  techniques  and  materials.  Coordination  of  color,  value, 
and  design  within  the  painting  is  taught.  Some  painting  from  the  figure.  No  limitations 
as  to  painting  media,  subject  matter  or  style.  Prerequisite:  Art  15. 

21  Drawing  II 

Continued  study  of  the  human  figure.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  realism  and  figure-ground 
coordination  with  the  use  of  value  and  design. 

22  History  of  Art 

The  development  of  the  visual  arts  from  prehistoric  days  to  the  Italian  Renaissance. 

23  History  of  Art 

The  development  of  the  visual  arts  from  the  Italian  Renaissance  to  Contemporary  Art. 

24  American  Art 

Painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  and  the  minor  arts  in  the  United  Stales  between 
1630  and  the  present. 

25  Sculpture  I 

An  introduction  to  the  techniques,  materials,  and  ideas  of  sculpture.  Clay,  plaster, 
wax,  wood  and  other  materials  will  be  used.  The  course  will  be  concerned  with  ideas 
about  sculpture  as  expression,  and  with  giving  material  form  to  ideas. 

26  Crafts  I 

An  introduction  to  the  various  craft  materials,  processes,  design  problems,  and 
techniques  involved  in  work  in  such  crafts  as  clay,  wood,  fiber,  metal,  and  plastics. 

28     Printmaking  1 

Practice  of  the  techniques  of  silk-screen,  wood-block,  and  Imoieum-block  prmtmg. 

30  Painting  II 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  individual  style  and  technique.  Artists  and  movements  in  art 
are  studied.  No  limitations  as  to  painting  media,  subject  matter,  or  style. 

31  Modern  Art 

The  chief  works  and  movements  of  European  paintmg  and  sculpture  between  1880 
and  1940. 

33  19th  Century  Art 

Pamting.  sculpture,  and  architecture  in  Europe  between  1760  and  1900. 

34  Italian  Renaissance  Arf 

Paintmg.  sculpture,  and  architecture  in  Italy  between  1400  and  1500. 


64 /BIOLOGY 


35     Sculpture  II 


A  continuation  of  Art  25  or  Art  16,  with  emphasis  on  independent  projects  and  more 
complex  technique.  Casting  of  bronze  and  aluminum  sculpture  will  be  done  in  the 
school  foundry.  Prerequisite:  Art  16  or  25. 


36     Crafts  II 

More  advanced  experimentation  with  crafts  materials,  with  greater  emphasis  upon 
good  craftsmanship  and  aesthetic  quality.  Prerequisite:  An  26. 

38     Printmaking  II 

Further  exploration  of  silk-screen  printing  techniques,  practice  of  the  techniques  of 
engraving,  drypoint.  etching,  and  aquatint. 

40  Painting  III 

Professional  quality  is  stressed.  There  is  some  experimentation  with  new  painting 
techniques  and  styles. 

41  Drawing  III 

Continued  study  of  the  human  figure.  Individual  style  and  professional  control  of 
drawing  techniques  and  media  are  now  emphasized. 

46     Studio  Research 

Independent  research  in  an  elective  studio  area,  conducted  under  the  supervision  of 
the  appropriate  faculty  member,  includes  preparation  of  works  for  one-man  senior 
exhibition.  Student  works  in  private  studio  assigned  by  the  department. 


BIOLOGY 

Associate  Professor:  Kelley 

Assistant  Professors:  Angstadt  ( C/uiirniaii).  Diehl,  Green. 

Mayers,  Sherbine 

Part-Time  Instructor:  Stebbins 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses  including  Biology  10-11,  20,  21,  22, 
23,  and  24.  In  addition,  one  year  each  of  chemistry  and  mathematics  is 
required. 


3    Field  Biology  for  Teachers 

A  methods  course  for  students  preparing  to  teach  biology.  Sources  and  methods  of 
collecting  and  preserving  various  plant  and  animal  materials.  Offered  in  the  summer 
only. 

10- 1 1     Principles  of  Biology 

An  investigation  of  biological  principles  including  ecological  systems,  form  and 
function  in  selected  representative  animals  and  plants,  cell  theory,  molecular  biology, 
reproduction,  inheritance,  adaption,  and  evolution. 


BIOLOGY /65 

20  Cellular  Physiology 

Physico-chemical  background  of  cellular  function;  functions  of  membrane  systems 
and  organelles;  metabolic  pathways;  biochemical  and  cellular  bases  of  growth;  oe- 
velopment  and  responses  of  organisms.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 

21  Microbiology 

A  study  of  micro-organisms:  bacteria,  viruses,  protozoa,  and  fungi.  Emphasis  is  given 
to  the  identification  and  physiology  of  micro-organisms  as  well  as  to  their  role  in 
disease,  their  economic  importance  and  industrial  applications.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
10-11. 

22  Genetics 

A  general  consideration  of  the  principles  governing  inheritance  including  treatments  of 
classical,  molecular,  cytological,  physiological,  microbial,  human  and  population 
genetics.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 

23  Animal  Physiology 

The  mechanisms  and  functions  of  animal  systems  including  the  autonomic,  endocrine, 
digestive,  cardio-vascular.  respiratory,  renal,  nervous,  and  reproductive  systems. 
Mammalian  physiology  is  stressed.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 

24  Ecology 

The  study  of  the  principles  of  ecology  with  emphasis  on  the  role  of  chemical,  physical, 
and  biological  factors  affecting  the  distribution  and  succession  of  plant  and  animal 
populations  and  communities.  Included  will  be  field  studies  of  local  habitats  as  well  as 
laboratory  experimentation.   Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 

30  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Vertebrates 

Detailed  examination  of  the  origins,  structure,  and  functions  of  the  principal  organs  of 
vertebrates.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the  progressive  modification  of  organs  from 
lower  to  higher  vertebrates.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

31  Histology 

A  study  of  the  basic  body  tissues  and  the  microscopic  anatomy  of  the  organs  and  struc- 
tures of  the  body  which  are  formed  from  them.  Focus  is  on  normal  human  histology. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  10-1 1.  Alternate  years. 

32  Microtechniques 

A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  principles  and  techniques  of  pre- 
paring biological  materials  for  microscopic  study.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11. 
Alternate  years. 

33  Systematic  Botany 

Structure  and  classification  of  plants.  Morphological  bases  for  classification.  Evolu- 
tionary aspects  of  contemporary  species.  Field  and  laboratory  work  in  collection,  pre- 
servation, and  identification  of  plants.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

34  Invertebrate  Zoology 

Comparative  study  of  the  invertebrate  phyla  with  emphasis  on  phylogeny.  physiology, 
and  morphology.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 


66/BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

40  Parasitology 

The  biology  of  parasites  and  parasitism.  Studies  on  the  major  groups  of  animal 
parasites,  their  taxonomy  and  life  cycles,  with  an  emphasis  on  those  of  medical  and 
veterinary  importance.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

41  Vertebrate  Embryology 

A  study  of  the  development  of  vertebrates  from  the  fertilized  eggs  to  the  fully  formed 
embryo.  Prerequisite :  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

42  Animal  Behavior 

A  study  of  the  causation,  function,  evolution,  and  biological  significance  of  animal 
behaviors  in  their  normal  environmental  and  social  contexts.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
10-11.  Alternate  years. 

43  Mycology 

A  study  of  the  morphology,  taxonomy,  and  physiology  of  saprophytic  and  patho- 
genic fungi.  Prerequisite:  Biology  10-1 1.  Alternate  years. 

44  Entomology 

Morphology,  physiology,  development,  and  systematics  of  the  major  groups  of  insects. 
Prerequisite:  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

45  Evolution 

A  history  of  evolutionary  thought,  including  the  genetic,  systematic,  ecological,  and 
zoo-geographical  concepts  which  are  related  to  the  process  of  evolution.  Prerequisite : 
Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 

46  Plant  Physiology 

Functional  characteristics  of  plant  cells;  water  relations;  carbohydrate  metabolism; 
photosynthesis;  mineral  nutrition;  plant  growth  substances;  growth  and  development. 
Prerequisite :  Biology  10-11.  Alternate  years. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Associate  Professor:  Hollenback  (Chairnian) 

Assistant  Professors:  King.  Malcolm 

Instructor:  Stauifer 

Lecturer:  Larabee 

Part-Time  Instructor:  Kane 

The  major  is  designed  to  train  the  student  in  analytical  thinking  and 
verbal  and  oral  communication,  in  addition  to  educating  him  in  the 
principal  disciplines  of  business.  To  accomplish  this,  eight  courses, 
consisting  of  Accounting  10  and  Business  12.  20-21.  30-31.  40.  and  41. 
are  required.  Majors  also  are  urged  to  enroll  in  Economics  10.  11;  Busi- 
ness 23,  35.  and  36;  Mathematics  4.  5.  and  8.  The  additional  offerings  are 
intended  to  add  depth  in  the  areas  of  finance,  marketing,  and  manage- 
ment. 


BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION/ 67 

12     Managerial  Accounting 

A  course  for  the  student  who  is  interested  in  using  accounting  as  a  managerial  tool, 
with  applications  to  specific  management  problems  such  as  budgeting,  inventory 
control,  and  reporting.  Pfcrequisile:  Accounlins  ID.  Nol  open  lo  cucoiiiuin^  nuijors. 

20-21     Financial  Management 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of  the  financial  aspects  of  the  firm.  Development 
of  financial  principles  and  application  to  specific  situations.  Sources  and  uses  of  funds, 
costs  of  funds,  profit  determination,  expansion,  reorganization  and  liquidation.  Pie- 

rcquisiW:  Business  12  of  AcvoiuUinii  20. 

23     Statistics  Applied  to  Business 

Techniques  of  descriptive  statistics  useful  in  business  administration  and  economic 
analysis.  Topics  covered  include:  sampling,  index  numbers,  analysis  of  time  series, 
analysis  of  variance,  and  sample  survey  techniques.  Prerequisite:  Math  5. 

30-31     Marketing  Management 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of  the  distribution  activities  of  the  firm,  and  an 
analysis  and  evaluation  of  the  marketing  system,  its  institutions  and  processes.  Appli- 
cation of  marketing  principles  and  the  development  of  strategies  for  specific  marketing 
problems.  Product,  channel  flow,  promotion  and  pricing  strategies  explored.  Readings, 
cases,  and  games. 

32  Sales  Promotion 

Nature,  scope,  methods,  and  effects  of  promotion.  Techniques  of  analysis  and  control 
in  the  use  of  advertising,  personal  selling,  and  publicity  as  tools  in  developing  business 
strategy. 

33  Investments 

Analysis  of  the  leading  types  of  investments  available  to  the  individual  and  the  firm. 
Use  of  forecasting  methods,  financial  reports,  and  financial  indicators.  Methods  of 
buying  and  seliine  securities  with  a  discussion  of  the  atiencies  involved  including  brok- 
erage houses  and  stock  exchanges. 


34  Insurance 

Analysis  of  the  major  insurance  methods  of  overcoming  risk,  including:  life,  accident, 
health,  marine,  and  social  insurance.  Fidelity  and  surety  bonds.  Commercial  and 
government  plans. 

35  Legal  Principles  I 

Lectures  and  analysis  of  cases  on  the  nature,  sources,  and  fundamentals  of  the  law  in 
general,  and  particularly  as  relating  to  contracts,  agency,  and  negotiable  instruments. 
Open  only  to  juniors  and  seniors. 

36  Legal  Principles  II 

Lectures  on  the  fundamentals  and  history  of  the  law  relating  to  legal  associations,  real 
property,  wills,  and  estates.  Open  only  to  Juniors  and  seniors. 


68/BLlSINFSS  ADMINISTRATION 

40  Management  Concepts 

Structural  characteristics  and  functional  relationships  of  a  business  organization  as 
well  as  the  problems  encountered  in  coordinating  the  internal  resources  of  a  firm. 
Emphasis  on  administrative  efficiency  and  procedures. 

41  Business  Policies 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of  business  operations;  setting  of  goals;  coordina- 
tion of  resources;  development  of  policies.  Analysis  of  strategic  decisions  encompas- 
sing ail  areas  of  a  business,  and  the  use  and  analysis  of  control  measures.  Emphasis  on 
both  the  internal  relationship  of  various  elements  of  production,  finance,  marketing, 
and  personnel  and  the  relationship  of  the  business  entity  to  external  stimuli.  Readings, 
cases,  and  games.  Prerequisite:  Business  21,  3L  and  40;  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Seniors  only. 

42  Personnel  Management 

An  introduction  to  the  managerial  problems  of  recruiting,  selecting,  training,  and  re- 
training the  human  resources  of  the  firm.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  inter-relationship 
of  personnel  policies  with  management  objectives  and  philosophies  in  such  areas  as 
fringe  benefits,  wage  and  salary  policies,  union  activities,  and  health  and  safety. 

43  Retail  Management  I 

Planning,  organization,  and  control  of  the  retailing  firm.  Competitive  strategy  de- 
\ eloped  through  store  location,  layout,  administrative  organization,  buying  and  pric- 
ing. Cases,  reading,  and  papers.  Alternate  years. 

44  Retail  Management  II 

Inventory  control,  retail  sales,  promotion,  and  financial  analysis  of  the  enterprise. 
Survey  of  current  issues  and  governmental,  social,  and  economic  forces  of  concern  to 
the  retailer.  Retailing  principles  applied  to  specific  management  situations  through 

cases,  games,  and  reading.  Prerequisite:  Business  43  or  consent  of  instructor.  .Alternate 
years. 

45  Organizational  Theory 

An  analysis  of  organizational  design  through  the  use  of  analytical  models.  Using  the 
systems  approach,  an  understanding  of  human  behavior  in  formal  organizations  is 
developed,  and  practical  problems  of  organizational  design  are  discussed.  Topics 
include:  traditional  organizational  theory,  behavior  patterns,  organizational  design, 
and  change. 

46  Production  Management 

An  introduction  to  the  production  function  in  industry.  Topics  include:  product  de- 
sign, plant  location  and  layout,  operational  analysis,  performance  standards,  line 
balance  theory,  inventory  control,  and  the  impact  of  automation  through  technological 
change.  .Alternate  years. 


CHEMISTRY/ 69 


CHEMISTRY 


Professors:  Hummer.  Radspinner  ( Cluilrnuinj 
Assistant  Professors:  Franz.  Turner 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses:  Chemistry  10-11,  20-21.  30-31.  32. 
and  33.  In  addition.  Mathematics  10-11.  and  20  and  Physics  10-11  are 
required.  Mathematics  8  and  21.  and  French.  German,  or  Russian  are 
highly  recommended.  Placement  in  chemistry  is  determined,  in  part,  by 
an  examination  taken  by  all  students  upon  initial  enrollment  in  the 
subject. 


1-2     General  Chemistry 

An  introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  chemistry  including  stoichiometry. 
atomic  and  molecular  structure  and  properties,  the  states  of  matter,  solutions,  kmetics. 
equilibrium,  and  nomenclature.  A  study  of  the  chemistry  of  selected  elements  and  their 
compounds  is  made  through  application  of  fundamental  principles  with  particular 
attention  focused  on  representative  metals  and  their  inorganic  compounds  and  on  the 
co\'alent  chemistr\  of  carbon  including  synthetic  and  nalurallv  occurring  compounds. 
1  he  laboratory  treats  the  qualitative  analysis  both  of  inorganic  ions  and  of  organic 
compounds  as  well  as  quantitative  relationships.  Three  hours  lecture,  one  hour  dis- 
cussion and  one  three-hour  luhoratory  period  per  \veel<. 

10-1 1     Advanced  General  Chemistry 

A  rigorous  introduction  to  the  concepts  and  models  of  chemistry.  The  foundations  of 
physical,  analytical,  and  inorganic  chemistry  are  emphasized.  Both  qualitative  and 
quantitative  analysis  procedures  are  included  in  laboratory  work  as  well  as  investiga- 
tions of  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  compounds  and  mixtures.  Three  iuiurs 
lecture,  one  hour  discussion,  and  one  three-hour  Uihoralor\  period  per  week.  Prerecpiisite : 
Placement  by  examination. 

20-21     Organic  Chemistry 

A  systematic  study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon  including  both  aliphatic  and  aromatic 
series.  The  laboratory  work  introduces  the  student  to  simple  fundamental  methods  of 
organic  synthesis,  isolation,  and  analysis.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour 
laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite :  Chemistry  2  or  II. 

30-31     Physk  Ai  Chemistry 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  theoretical  chemistry  and  their  applications. 
The  laboratory  work  includes  techniques  in  physiochemical  measurements.  Three 
hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry 

II.    \liithcnniiic\  2(1.  and  one  rear  ot  Phvsics  or  consent  o)  instnuior. 

32     Analytical  Chemistry 

A  study  of  the  fundamental  methods  of  gravimetric,  volumetric,  and  elementary  instru- 
mental analysis  together  with  practice  in  laboratory  techniques  and  calculations  of 
these  methods.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  each  week. 
Prerequisite :  Chemistry  II  or  consent  o/  instructor. 


70  /ECONOMICS 

33     AiJVANCED  Inorganic  Chkmistry 

A  study  of  modern  theories  of  atomic  and  molecular  structure  and  their  relationship  to 
the  chemistry  of  selected  elements  and  their  compounds.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one 
four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite :  Chemistry  3U.  Maiheniatics  20. 
and  one  vear  of  Phvsics  or  consent  of  instructor. 

40  Advanced  Organic  Chemistrv 

Selected  topics,  including  mechanisms  of  organic  reactions,  synthesis,  detailed  struc- 
ture and  chemistry  of  natural  products,  polynuclear  hydrocarbons,  and  aromatic 
heterocyclics.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  each  week. 
Prerequisite :  Chemistry  20-21 . 

41  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis 

Theory  and  application  of  the  systematic  identification  of  pure  organic  compounds  and 
mixtures.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  each  week.  Prereq- 
uisite: Chemistrv  20. 

42  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry 

Topics  in  theoretical  chemistry  selected  from  quantum  mechanics,  statistical  mechan- 
ics, and  current  literature.  Four  hours  lecture  each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  31 
and  33. 

43  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis 

A  study  of  advanced  analytical  methods  with  emphasis  on  chromatographic,  electro- 
chemical, and  spectroscopic  methods  of  analysis.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four- 
hour  laboratory  period  each  week.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  31  and  32. 


ECONOMICS 

Professor:  Rabold  (Chairman) 
Associate  Professor:  Opdahl 

Economics  courses  numbered  10,  11.  20,  30,  31,  40,  48,  and  one 
economics  elective  course  of  the  student's  choosing,  with  the  consent  of 
his  advisor,  constitute  the  core  of  the  major.  Accounting  10  and  Business 
Administration  12  are  recommended  for  majors  specializing  in  business 
economics.  Mathematics  5  and  Business  Administration  23  are  recom- 
mended for  majors.  Students  considering  graduate  school  should  take 
Mathematics  10/11. 


10/1 1     Principles  of  Economics* 

An  introduction  to  the  problem  of  scarcity;  to  the  economic  thought,  principles,  insti- 
tutions, and  systems  to  which  the  problem  has  given  rise. 

20     Money  and  Banking 

Monetary  and  fiscal  factors  affecting  the  level  of  national  income;  financial  organi- 
zation of  society;  the  banking  system,  credit  institutions,  capital  markets,  and  inter- 
national financial  relations.  Prerequisite:  Economics  10  and  1 1 . 


ECONOMICS/  71 

22/23     Comparative  Economic  Systems* 

The  economic  development  and  comparative  analysis  of  contemporary  economic  sys- 
tems, particularly  capitalism,  socialism,  and  communism.  Alternate  years. 

30/31     Intermediate  Economic  Analysis* 

An  analysis  of  contemporary  value,  distribution,  and  income  theory.  First  semester  is 
micro-economics;  second  is  macro-economics.  Prerequisite:  Economics  10  and  11. 

32    Government  and  the  Economy 

An  analytical  survey  of  the  areas  of  contact  of  government  at  all  levels  with  the 
American  economy,  especially  in  the  areas  of  anti-trust  legislation  and  public  utilities. 
Prerequisite:  Economics  10  and  11  or  consent  oj  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

35     Labor  Problems 

The  development  of  labor  unions,  particularly  in  the  United  States;  consideration  of 
the  evolution  of  labor  and  wage  theories,  labor  legislation,  and  contemporary  issues  of 
labor-management  relations.  Alternate  years. 

37     Public  Finance 

An  analysis  of  the  fiscal  economics  of  the  public  sector,  to  include  the  development, 
concepts,  and  theories  of  public  expenditures,  taxation,  and  debt  at  all  levels  of 
American  government.  Includes  also  the  use  of  fiscal  policy  as  an  economic  control 
device.  Prerequisite:  Economics  10  and  11  or  consent  of  instructor. 


40     History  of  Economic  Thought 

A  discussion  of  the  origins,  development,  and  significance  of  the  economic  ideas  em- 
bodied in  the  works  of  Smith,  Marx,  Schumpeter,  Keynes,  and  others.  Prerequisite: 
Economics  10  and  1 1  or  consent  of  instructor. 

43  International  Trade 

A  study  of  the  principles,  theory,  development,  and  policies  concerning  international 
economic  relations,  with  particular  reference  to  the  United  States.  Prerequisite: 
Economics  10  and  11.  Alternate  years. 

44  American  Economic  Development 

A  study  of  the  economic  development  of  the  United  States  from  colonial  times  to  the 
present.  An  integration  of  historical  analysis  and  economic  theory.  Prerequisite: 
Economics  10  and  1 1  or  consent  of  instructor.  Alternate  years. 

45  Development  of  Underdeveloped  Nations 

A  study  of  the  theories  and  problems  of  capital  accumulation,  allocation  of  resources, 
technological  development,  growth,  planning  institutions  and  international  relations 
encountered  by  the  developing  nations.  Alternate  years. 

48     Senior  Seminar 

The  application  and  integration  of  economic  principles  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of 
current  economic  issues  via  the  medium  of  guided  discussion.  Open  only  to  senior 
economics  majors. 

*These  two  courses  (one  semester  each)  may  be  taken  in  either  order,  or  only  one  may  be 
taken. 


72 /EDUCATION 

EDUCATION 

Assistant  Professors :  Schaefler  ( Chciirnnin ),  Conrad.  Keesbury 
Part-Time  Instructors:  Bennett.  Lansberry 

Education  20  and  Psychology  38  are  prerequisites  to  all  other  offerings 
in  the  Education  Department.  Students  seeking  elementary  certification 
must  complete  Education  30.  40.  41.  and  42  as  prerequisites  to  the 
professional  semester,  which  includes  Education  38.  47.  and  48.  Art  14, 
Theatre  1.  Mathematics  2.  and  History  12  and  13  also  are  recommended 
Students  seeking  secondary  certification  must  complete  all  requirements 
of  their  major  in  addition  to  the  professional  semester  which  includes 
Education  4b.  47.  and  49. 

Lycoming  College  is  approved  by  the  Department  of  Education  in 
Pennsylvania  to  give  certification  as  elementary  teachers  and  as  secon- 
dary teachers  in  the  following  areas:  Biology.  Chemistry.  English. 
French.  German.  History,  Mathematics,  Physics,  Political  Science. 
Russian,  and  Spanish.  Students  planning  to  pursue  requirements  tor 
teacher  certification  must  seek  counseling  from  a  member  of  the  Educa- 
tion Department  and  register  their  intentions  during  their  fourth  semester. 
Final  approval  for  student  participation  in  the  Professional  Semester  is 
granted  by  the  Teacher  Education  Committee. 

20     Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Education 

The  social  value  of  public  education,  the  changing  conception  of  the  purposes  of  edu- 
cation, the  problems  facing  the  schools,  and  the  fields  of  professional  activity.  A  study 
of  the  economic,  social,  political,  and  religious  conditions  which  have  influenced  the 
different  educational  programs  and  philosophies,  with  emphasis  being  placed  on  the 
American  educational  system. 

30     The  Psychology  ahd  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School 

A  background  course  in  the  psychological,  emotional,  and  physical  bases  of  reading. 
A  study  of  the  learning  process  as  it  applies  to  reading,  child  development  and  the 
curriculum.  The  development  of  a  reading  program  from  the  beginning  (readiness) 
through  principles,  problems,  techniques,  and  materials  used  in  the  total  elementary 
schools.  Observation  of  and  participation  with  superior  teachers  in  elementary  schools 
of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area. 

32     Instructional  Media  and  Communications 

A  study  of  the  value,  design,  construction,  and  application  of  the  visual  and  auditory 
aids  to  learning.  Practical  experience  in  the  handling  of  audio-visual  equipment  and 
materials  is  provided.  Application  of  Audio-Visual  Techniques.  Application  of  the 
visual  and  auditory  aids  to  learning.  Students  will  plan  and  carry  out  actual  teaching 
assignments  utilizing  various  A-V  devices.  Summer  session  only. 

38     Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (Part  of  the  Professional 
Semester) 

A  study  of  methods  and  materials  of  teaching  all  elementary  school  subjects,  includmg 
art  and  music,  with  a  view  to  preparing  students  for  their  particular  student  teaching 
assignment.  Demonstration  lessons  by  students,  micro-teaching,  simulation  activities, 
and  group  interrelation  studies  may  be  included. 


EDUCATION/ 73 


39     Public  School  Curric  ulum 

An  examination  of  the  various  curricula  of  the  public  schools  and  their  relationship  to 
current  practices.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  meaning  and  nature  of  the 
curriculum;  the  desirable  outcomes  of  the  curriculum;  conflicting  and  variant  con- 
ceptions of  curricular  content;  modem  techniques  of  curricular  construction;  criteria 
for  the  evaluation  of  curricula;  the  curriculum  as  a  teaching  instrument.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  the  curriculum  work  within  the  teaching  field  of  each  individual. 
Summer  session  only. 


40  Languagh  Arts  and  Arithmetic 

a  Language  Arts  for  Elementary  Teachers 

This  course  is  designed  to  consider  the  principles,  problems,  materials  and  techniques 

of  teaching  English,  spelling,  penmanship,  choral  speaking,  and  children's  literature 

Observation  ol  superior  teachers  in  elementar>  schools  of  the  Greater  Wilhamspori 

Area 

b.  Arithmetic  eor  Elementary  Teachers 

Arithmetic   Methods  and  Materials.  A  study  of  content,  objectives,  materials,  and 

methods  of  instruction:  the  organization  of  learning  experiences,  and  evaluation  of 

achie\emcnl  in  the  elementary  school   Observations  ot  superior  teachers  in  elementary 

schools  of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area 

41  History  and  Geography 

a.  History  for  Elementary  Teachers 

History  Methods  and  Materials.  A  study  of  the  principles  underlying  the  use  of  history 
in  the  elementary  school.  Practical  applications  and  demonstrations  of  desirable 
method. 

b.  Geography  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Geography  Methods  and  Materials.  Acquainting  the  students  with  the  social  learnings 
and  modifications  of  behavior  that  should  accrue  to  elementary  school  children  with 
subject  matter  and  related  material  used  in  the  various  grade  levels.  Experience  in 
planning  and  organizing  integrated  teaching  units  using  texts,  reference  books,  films, 
and  other  types  of  teaching  materials. 

42  Science,  Health,  Safety  and  Physical  Education 

a.  Science  for  Elementary  Teachers 

Science  Methods  and  Materials  interpreting  children's  science  experiences  and  guiding 
the  development  of  their  scientific  concepts.  A  briefing  of  the  science  content  of  the 
curriculum,  its  material  and  use. 

b.  Health,  Safety  and  Physical  Education  for  Elementary  Teachers 

An  introduction  to  the  methods  of  teaching  children's  games  and  dances,  first  aid, 
preservation  of  health,  prevention  of  accidents,  and  the  development  of  good  health 
habits. 

46  Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  School  (Part  of  the  Professional  Semester) 
A  study  of  materials,  methods,  and  techniques  of  teaching  with  emphasis  on  the 
student's  major.  Stress  is  placed  on  the  selection  and  utilization  of  visual  and  auditory 
aids  to  learning.  Students  will  teach  demonstration  lessons  in  the  presence  of  the  in- 
structor and  the  members  of  the  class  and  will  observe  superior  teachers  in  the  second- 
ary schools  of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area. 


74  /FNGLISH 

47  Problems  in  Contemporary  American  Education  (Part  of  Professional  Semester) 
Seminar  in  the  issues,  problems  and  challenges  encoimtered  by  teachers  m  the  Ameri- 
can public  schools,  especially  those  related  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

48  Practice  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (Part  of  the  Professional  semester) 
Two  Units.  Exceeds  state  mandated  minimum  requirement.  Professional  laboratory 
experience  under  the  supervision  of  a  selected  cooperating  teacher  in  a  public  elemen- 
tary school  of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area.  Organized  learning  experiences.  Actual 
classroom  experience. 

49  Practice  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  School  (Part  of  the  Professional  Semester) 
Two  Units.  Exceeds  state  mandated  minimum  requirement.  Professional  laboratory 
experience  under  the  supervision  of  a  selected  cooperating  teacher  in  a  public  second- 
ary school  of  the  Greater  Williamsport  Area.  Organized  learning  experiences.  Em- 
phasis on  actual  classroom  experience,  responsibility  in  the  guidance  program  and 
out-of-class  activities. 


ENGLISH 

Professor:  Graham 

Associate  Professor:  Gustafson  ( Chainnuu) 

Assistant  Professors:  Bayer,  Jensen.  Madden.  Rife.  Sawyer 

An  English  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  ten  courses  above 
Enghsh  1.  The  course  taken  above  Enghsh  1  to  satisfy  the  two-semester 
freshman  Enghsh  requirement  will  count  as  one  of  the  ten  courses.  The 
requirements  are  as  follows: 

Three  courses — one  course  to  be  chosen  from  each  of  three  of  these 

groups:  English  20  or  21;  English  22  or  23;  English  24.  25.  or  26; 

English  27.  28.  or  29. 

Two  courses — one  course  to  be  chosen  from  each  of  these  groups: 

English  30.  31.  32.  33.  or  34;  English  35.  36.  or  37. 

Two  courses — to  be  chosen  from  40.  41.  42.  43.  and  48. 

Three  courses — any  three  from  English  20  and  above  not  already 

taken  to  satisfy  the  preceding  requirements. 

Majors  seeking  secondary  certification  in  English  are  required  to  take 
Enslish  46  and  Eniilish  47. 


1     Rhetoric 

Instruction  and  carefully  supervised  practice  in  the  basic  techniques  of  organizing  and 
expressing  facts  and  ideas.  The  topic  or  topics  dealt  with  are  selected  by  the  instructor. 

20    The  Medieval  Mind 

A  study  of  the  epic,  romance,  lyric  and  drama  from  Beowulf  to  Malory's  LeMorte 
Dcirthur  and  Everyman,  with  some  attention  to  continental  works  influencing  the 
development  of  English  literature  (exclusive  of  Chaucer). 


ENGLISH/  75 

21  Contexts  of  Renaissance  Thought 

A  study  of  major  prose,  poetic  and  dramatic  works  from  1485  through  the  reign  of 
Queen  Elizabeth  I  within  the  context  of  humanism  and  the  Reformation.  Considera- 
tion will  be  given  to  major  literary  traditions,  and  readings  will  be  drawn  from  Greene. 
Marlowe.  More,  Shakespeare  (non-dramatic).  Spenser.  Wyatt,  and  others.  Some 
attention  will  be  given  to  continental  influences  on  works  of  the  period. 

22  17th  Centi  ry  British  Literature 

By  means  of  wide  reading  among  the  works  of  some  major  authors  of  the  period,  an 
understanding  of  the  literature  and  the  period  will  be  pursued. 

23  18th  Century  British  Literature 

A  close  analysis  of  selected  works  of  the  major  writers  (from  Pope  and  Swift  to 
Johnson).  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  development  of  traditions  of  attitude 
(literary,  social,  and  philosophical)  and  on  the  chief  genres  of  the  period. 

24  Romantic  Literature  ( 1 780- 1 832) 

A  study  of  the  literary,  philosophical,  and  historical  significance  of  the  Romantic 
Movement.  Emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  poetry  of  Blake,  Wordsworth.  Coleridge, 
Byron,  Shelley,  Keats. 

25  Victorian  Literature  (1832-1900) 

A  study  of  the  poetry  and  the  prose  of  the  major  writers  of  the  period. 

26  Pre-Civil  War  American  Literature 

Main  currents  of  literary  thought  in  America,  with  primary  emphasis  on  the  American 
Renaissance,  its  antecedents  and  influence.  Cooper.  Hawthorne.  Melville,  the  Trans- 
cendentalists.  Whitman.  Dickinson,  el  al. 

11    20th  Century  British  Literature 

Chief  attention  will  be  paid  to  the  major  works  of  poetry,  fiction,  and  drama  from 
Conrad  to  Beckett,  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  peculiarly  20th  Century 
forms  and  traditions. 

28  Post-Civil  War  American  Literature 

Major  writers,  movements,  and  influences  of  post-Civil  War  to  World  War  II  America, 
with  strong  emphasis  on  Naturalism  and  Realism.  Twain.  James.  Crane.  Hemingway. 
Fitzgerald.  Faulkner,  O'Neill,  Robinson,  Frost,  Eliot,  Stevens,  et  ul. 

29  Contemporary  Literature 

Representative  works  of  major  figures  of  the  post-World  War  II  period.  British. 
American,  and  some  Continental.  Auden.  Pinter,  Murdoch.  Amis,  Hughes,  Thomas. 
Greene;  Beckett.  Grass.  Camus.  Sartre;  Albee.  Bellow,  Heller.  Vonnegut.  Lowell. 
et  al.  This  course  may  be  structured  around  a  single  theme  or  idea,  such  as  "The  Search 
for  a  Father,"  "The  Contemporary  Wasteland."  or  "The  Function  of  Violence  in  the 
Modem  World."  ete. 

30  The  Nature  of  Drama 

An  examination  of  the  forms  and  techniques  of  the  drama.  The  course  will  vary  in 
content  and  may  focus  on  one  or  several  playwrights  or  periods. 


"6  /ENGLISH 

31  The  Nature  of  Poetry 

Poetry  will  be  studied  with  special  attention  given  to  considering  the  "kinds"  (e.g. 
lyric,  epic,  etc.)  of  poetry,  and  the  various  ways  of  reading  poems. 

32  The  Nature  of  Short  Fiction 

Study  and  analysis  of  short  stories  and  novellas  with  form  and  language  being  a 
primary  consideration.  The  course  will  vary  in  content  and  may  focus  on  one  or 
several  writers  or  periods. 

33  Novel 

Representative  novels,  from  the  eighteenth  century  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  on 
the  development  of  the  genre. 

34  Literary  Criticism 

A  study  of  major  critical  approaches  to  the  reading  of  literature.  Practice  in  writing 
formal  critical  analyses  of  selected  works. 

35  Chaucer 

A  study  of  the  major  poetry  of  Chaucer,  with  emphasis  on  The  Canterbwy  Tales  and 
Troilus  and  Ciiseyde.  with  some  reference  to  the  traditions  out  of  which  these  works 
arose. 

36  Shakespeare 

A  study  of  selected  major  plays,  with  emphasis  given  to  their  relation  to  Shakespeare's 
age  and  our  own. 

37  Selected  Authors 

An  intensive  study  of  one  or  more  authors,  selected  on  the  basis  of  student  and  faculty 


38     World  Literature  in  Translation 

Continental  authors  will  be  chosen  on  the  basis  of  their  influence  on  English  writers 
and  for  their  contribution  to  the  students'  understanding  of  literature.  (Possible  ex- 
amples: Homer,  Vergil.  Dante.  Cervantes,  Flaubert,  Dostoevsky,  Chekov,  Ibsen, 
lonesco,  Camus.  Kafka,  and  Hesse). 

40  Literature  and  Language:  Formal  Approaches 

The  general  subject  of  such  a  course  might  be  the  history  and  theory  of  literature,  with, 
for  example,  the  specific  topic  being  the  relationships  between  the  development  of  the 
English  language  and  its  poetics  by  means  of  a  consideration  of  traditional  metric 
theories  in  light  of  current  linguistic  research;  or,  the  general  subject  of  such  a  course 
might  be  semantics  and  theories  of  meaning,  with  attention  given  to  various  schools  of 
thought  such  as  those  of  the  semanticists.  the  General  Semanticists,  the  Semologists, 
and  so  on ;  or.  the  course  might  take  up  special  topics  in  linguistics. 

41  Traditional  Themes  in  Literature 

Persistent  themes,  legends,  and  ideas  in  literature— King  Arthur.  Faust,  Utopia; 
alienation,  rite  de  passage,  the  quest;  existentialism,  determinism,  and  the  like. 


ENGLISH  /  77 

42  LiTtRATi  Ri  IN  Its  Emirwi   Rii  aiions 

Emphasis  will  be  on  literature  in  its  relation  to  specitic  cultural  manifestations.  In- 
dividual courses  may  be  organized  around  such  materials  as  Literature  and  Psy- 
chology. Literature  and  Industrialism.  Literature  and  Philosophy,  and  so  on. 

43  C'()\1K\SII\I    SllDIIS 

Emphasis  will  be  on  comparisons  and  contrasts  among  the  literatures  of  more  than 
one  period,  nation,  or  group,  or  among  literature  and  other  media.  Individual  courses 
might  consider  such  contrastive  materials  as  American  and  Russian  Frontier  Litera- 
ture; Literature  of  the  Folk  and  of  the  Establishment,  and  so  on. 

44  WRiTiNti  OF  Non-fiction 

A  workshop  course  dealing  with  the  professional  treatment  of  factual  material.  Em- 
phasis on  the  informal  essay,  the  feature  article,  and  the  interview  with  consideration 
of  the  interests  of  individual  students.  Roundtable  discussions  will  be  supplemented 
by  personal  conferences. 

45  Imaginativf  Writing 

Emphasis  will  be  on  practical  experience  in  writing  imaginative  literature  (e.g.  poetry, 
short  story,  drama,  etc.).  The  course  will  focus  on  a  single  form  of  imaginative  writing. 

46  History  of  the  English  Language 

A  study  of  the  development  of  the  English  Language  from  Old  English  to  Modern 
English. 

47  Structure  of  the  English  Language 

A  study  of  modem  language  theories  as  applied  to  American  English.  Emphasis  will 
be  placed  on  Structural.  Generative-Transformational,  and  Contextual  approaches  to 
the  understanding  of  language. 

48  Senior  Seminar 

Each  semester  a  section  of  the  senior  seminar  will  be  offered,  led  on  each  occasion  by  a 
different  faculty  member,  the  two  sections  for  each  year  being  basically  similar  in 
content  and  approach.  The  core  reading  for  the  course  will  be  determined  at  the  end  of 
the  previous  year  by  the  juniors  in  consultation  with  the  Department,  and  as  far  as 
possible  will  represent  the  broad  spectrum  of  English  and  American  literature.  The 
primary  responsibility  for  the  seminar  will  rest  with  the  students:  faculty  will  be  super- 
visors rather  than  teachers,  and  not  necessarily  experts  on  any  given  work. 
Majors  in  English  will  be  expected  to  know  the  works  in  advance — either  through 
course  work  or  summer  reading.  The  seminar  will  consider  kinds  of  critical  approaches 
to  these  works  and  will  demand  further  reading,  as  well  as  reports  by  the  students.  A 
work  may  be  considered  in  its  historical  context  (political,  philosophical,  occasional 
background);  in  the  context  of  other  works  by  the  author  (for  both  thematic  and 
formal  comparison) ;  in  the  context  of  other  works  of  the  same  period ;  and  in  the  con- 
text of  the  entire  spectrum  of  English  and  American  literature  for  structural  and 
generic  studies.  Concurrently  the  student  will  become  acquainted  with  examples  of 
practical  and  theoretical  criticism  which  exemplify  these  various  approaches. 


78  /FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 

FOREIGN  LANGUAGES 
AND  LITERATURES 


Associate  Professors:  Flam  (Chairman).  Maples,  Murphy 

Assistant  Professors:  Dufour,  MacKenzie,  Winston 

Part-time  Instructor:  Berthomieu-Lamer 

Study  of  foreign  languages  and  literatures  offers  opportunity  to  ex- 
plore broadly  the  varieties  of  human  experience  and  thought.  It  con- 
tributes both  to  personal  and  to  international  understanding  by  provid- 
ing competence  in  a  foreign  language  and  a  critical  acquaintance  with  the 
literature  and  culture  of  foreign  peoples.  A  major  can  serve  as  entree  to 
careers  in  business,  industry,  government,  publishing,  education, 
journalism,  social  agencies,  translating,  and  writing.  It  prepares  for 
graduate  work  in  literature  or  linguistics  and  the  international  fields  of 
politics,  commerce,  law,  health,  and  area  studies. 

French,  German,  Russian,  and  Spanish  are  offered  as  major  fields 
of  study.  The  major  consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  10  or  above. 
Majors  seeking  teacher  certification  and  students  planning  to  enter 
graduate  school  are  advised  to  begin  study  of  a  second  foreign  language. 
The  Department  encourages  the  development  in  breadth  of  programs 
including  allied  courses  from  related  fields  or  a  second  major,  and  also 
interdisciplinary  majors  combining  interest  in  several  literatures  or  area 
or  cross-cultural  studies,  for  example:  Soviet  Area  Studies,  Western 
European  Studies.  20th  Century  Studies.  Students  are  also  encouraged 
to  spend  at  least  a  semester  of  study  abroad  by  applying  to  one  of  the 
many  programs  available.  The  Department  participates  in  a  student 
exchange  program  with  the  Pedagogische  Hochschule  of  Gottingen. 


FRENCH 

Passing  courses  numbered  30,  31,  33  and  at  least  two  courses  numbered 
40  or  above  is  required  of  all  majors  who  wish  to  be  certified  for  teaching. 
A  language  proficiency  test  will  be  required  of  these  students  during  their 
senior  year. 


1-2     Elementary 

Basic  conversational  patterns  and  syntactical  foundations  of  the  language.  Laboratory 
drills.  Reading  of  graded  texts. 

10-11     Intermediate 

Systematic  review  and  extension  of  essential  grammar;  laboratory  drills  in  syntax  and 
idioms.  Reading  of  expository  prose.  Prerequisite:  French  2  or  ec/uivalenl. 


FOREIGN   LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES/  79 

20     Advanced 

Designed  to  develop  a  high  degree  of  aural  comprehension  and  conversational  fluency. 
Directed  composition  and  readings.  Pieiequisile :  French  II  or  equivalent. 

30  Foreign  Language  Systems  and  Process 

Study  of  basic  linguistic  concepts  as  a  tool  for  language  learning  and  teaching.  Dis- 
cussion and  application  of  modern  language  teaching  techniques.  Designed  for  future 
teachers  of  foreign  languages.  Prerequisite:  Consent  oj  instructor. 

31  French  Grammatical  Structure 

Study  of  complex  grammatical  rules  and  their  practical  application  in  speaking  and 
writing.  Recommended  for  all  majors. 

33     Introduction  to  Literary  Studies 

Studies  in  French  literature,  with  emphasis  on  critical  reading  and  interpretation.  Dis- 
cussions, lectures,  oral  exposes,  papers.  Prerequisite :  French  20  or  equivalent.  Open  to 
students  majoring  in  other  departments  after  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

41     French  Literatlre  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  the  Renaissance 

A  study  of  selected  works  from  La  Chanson  de  Roland  to  Montaigne.  Prerequisite : 
French  33  or  consent  of  instructor. 

43     French  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century 

A  study  of  major  texts  of  the  period:  preciosite,  the  origins  and  theories  of  French 
classicism.  Corneille.  Pascal.  Descartes.  Classical  tragedy  and  comedy;  Racine. 
Moliere.  La  Fontaine.  Mme.  de  La  Fayette.  La  Bruyere.  Prerequisite:  French  33  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

45     French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century 

The  literary  expression  of  ideas:  Montesquieu.  Voltaire.  Rousseau,  and  the  Encyclo- 
pedists. Prerequisite:  French  33  or  consent  of  instructor. 

47     French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century 

The  dimensions  of  the  Romantic  sensibility:  Musset,  Hugo.  Vigny.  Balzac.  Stendhal. 
Realism  and  Naturalism  in  the  novels  of  Flaubert  and  Zola.  Reaction  in  the  poetry  of 
Baudelaire.  Rimbaud.  Verlaine,  and  Mallarme.  Prerequisite:  French  33  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

49     French  Literature  of  the  20th  Century 

The  N.R.F.  writers,  the  Catholic  renaissance,  surrealism  and  the  contemporary  revolt. 
Prerequisite:  French  33  or  consent  oJ  instructor. 

GERMAN 

Passing  courses  numbered  30.  31.  33  and  34  is  required  of  all  majors 
who  wish  to  be  certified  for  teaching.  A  language  proficiency  test  will  be 
required  of  these  students  during  their  senior  year. 

1-2     Elementary 

Basic  conversational  patterns  and  syntactical  foundations  of  the  language.  Laboratory 
drills.  Reading  of  graded  texts. 


80  /FOREIGN   LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 

10-11     Intermediate 

Systematic  review  and  extension  of  essential  grammar;  laboratory  drills  in  syntax  and 
idioms.  Reading  of  expository  prose.  Prerequisite:  German  J  or  equivalent. 

20     Advanced 

Designed  to  develop  a  high  degree  of  aural  comprehension  and  conversational  fluency. 
Directed  composition  and  readings.  Prerequisite:  German  11  or  equivalent. 

30  Foreign  Language  Systems  and  Process 

Study  of  basic  linguistic  concepts  as  a  tool  for  language  learning  and  teaching.  Dis- 
cussion and  application  of  modern  language  teaching  techniques.  Designed  for  future 
teachers  of  foreign  languages.  Prerequisite:  Consent  oj  instructor. 

31  German  Grammatical  Structure 

Study  of  intonation,  complex  grammatical  rules  and  their  practical  application, 
stylistics,  and  a  brief  survey  of  the  development  of  the  language.  Recommended  for 
all  majors. 

33  Survey  of  German  Literature  and  Civilization 

Selected  literature  of  the  Old  High  and  Middle  High  German  periods,  of  the  late 
Middle  Ages  and  Baroque.  Prerequisite:  German  20  or  consent  of  instructor. 

34  Survey  of  German  Literature  and  Civilization 

Representative  masterpieces  of  New  High  German  literature  beginning  with  the  era  of 
the  Enlightenment.  Prerequisite:  German  20  or  consent  of  instructor. 

40  Goethe 

A  study  of  the  life  and  works  of  Goethe.  Goethe's  significance  in  the  Classical  period 
and  later.  Readings  in  the  major  works.  Prerequisite:  German  33  or  34  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

41  Classical  German  Drama 

The  development  of  das  klassische  Drama  with  emphasis  on  works  of  Lessing,  Goethe 
and  Schiller.  Prerequisite:  German  20. 

42  Modern  German  Drama 

The  emergence  of  modem  Drama  commencing  with  Biichner  and  leading  to  Brecht. 
Prerequisite:  German  20. 

43  The  Novelle 

The  German  Novelle  as  a  genre  relating  to  various  literary  periods.  Prerequisite : 
German  20. 

44  Short  Forms  of  German  Prose 

Readings  in  Volksdichtung,  particularly  Marc/ien,  Sage,  and  Legende.  and  in  investiga- 
tion of  their  influence  on  German  authors.  Prerequisite:  German  33  or  34. 

45  German  Poetry 

A  study  of  selected  poets  or  the  poetry  of  various  literary  periods.  Prerequisite : 
German  33  or  34  or  consent  of  instructor. 


FOREIGN   LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES/ 81 

46     The  German  Novel 

Dei  Roman  in  German  literature.  Important  novels  from  Grimmel-shausen  to  Musil. 
Prerequisite :  German  33  or  34. 

Al     Modern  German  Literature 

A  study  of  the  major  movements  and  writers  from  Naturalism.  Expressionism,  and  the 
postwar  period.  Hauptmann.  Riike,  Mann.  Hesse,  Kaiser,  and  others.  Prerequisite : 
German  33  or  34  or  consent  of  instructor. 


GREEK 

Greek  is  not  offered  as  a  major.  Passing  of  Greek   11   and   12  will 
satisfy  the  Distribution  Requirements  in  foreign  languages. 

1-2     New  Testament  Grammar  and  Readings 

Fundamentals  of  New  Testament  Greek  grammar  and  readings  of  selected  passages 
of  the  Greek  te.xt.  Alternate  years. 

1 1  The  Gospel  According  to  St.  Mark 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Greek  text  with  special  attention  to  exegetical  questions. 
.Alternate  years. 

12  The  Epistle  to  the  Romans 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Greek  text  with  special  attention  being  given  to  the  theology 
of  St.  Paul.  .Alternate  years. 


HEBREW 

Hebrew  is  not  offered  as  a  major.  Passing  of  Hebrew  II  and  12  will 
satisfy  the  Distribution  Requirements  in  foreign  languages. 

1-2     Old  Testament  Grammar  and  Readings 

Fundamentals  of  Old  Testament  Hebrew  grammar  and  readings  of  selected  passages 
of  the  Hebrew  text.  .Alternate  years. 

11-12     Intermediate  Old  Testament  Hebrew 

A  critical  reading  of  the  Old  Testament  Hebrew  text  with  special  attention  to  exegetical 
questions.  The  text  read  varies  from  year  to  year.  Alternate  years. 


RUSSIAN 

Passing  courses  numbered  20-21,  30,  33,  and  34  is  required  of  all 
majors  who  wish  to  be  certified  for  teaching.  A  language  proficiency  test 
will  be  required  of  these  students  during  their  senior  year. 


82 /FOREIGN   LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 

1-2     Elementary 

Basic  conversational  patterns  and  syntactical  foundations  of  the  language.  Laboratory 
drills.  Reading  of  graded  texts. 

10-11     Intermediate 

Systematic  review  and  extension  of  essential  grammar;  laboratory  drills  in  syntax  and 
idioms.  Reading  of  expository  prose.  Prerequisite:  Russian  2  or  equivalent. 

20-21     Advanced 

Designed  to  develop  a  high  degree  of  aural  comprehension  and  conversational  fluency. 
Directed  composition  and  readings.  Prerequisite :  Russian  11  or  equivalent. 

30     Foreign  Language  Systems  and  Process 

Study  of  basic  linguistic  concepts  as  a  tool  for  language  learning  and  teaching.  Dis- 
cussion and  application  of  modern  language  teaching  techniques.  Designed  for  future 
teachers  of  foreign  languages.  Prerequisite :  Consent  of  instructor. 

33  Survey  of  Russian  Literature  and  Civilization 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Russian  literature,  repre- 
sentative authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  deals  with  the 
literature  through  Dostoevski.  Required  oj  all  majors  and  open  to  students  majoring 
in  other  departments  after  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

34  Survey  of  Russian  Literature  and  Civilization 

Designed  to  acquaint  students  with  important  periods  of  Russian  literature,  represen- 
tative authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  starts  with 
Tolstoy.  Required  of  all  majors  and  open  to  students  majoring  in  other  departments  after 
consultation  with  the  instructor. 

43     Russian  Short  Story 

Study  of  historical  development  of  the  short  story  form  in  Russia.  Lectures,  reports, 
and  class  analysis. 

47  Soviet  Literature 

Survey  of  major  literary  figures,  movements,  styles.  Revolution  and  its  impact  on 
literature  and  writers.  Revival  of  the  psychological  novel,  short  story,  contemporary 
poetry. 

48  Readings  in  Modern  Russian 

Representative  readings  and  translation  of  Soviet  periodicals  and  selected  texts  in 
social  sciences.  Study  of  current  political  and  social  terminology,  Soviet  idioms. 

SPANISH 

Passing  courses  numbered  30,  31,  and  33,  34  (or  35,  36)  is  required  of 
all  majors  who  wish  to  be  certified  for  teaching.  A  language  proficiency 
test  will  be  required  of  these  students  during  their  senior  year. 

All  majors  are  required  to  pass  at  least  one  course  numbered  40  or 
above. 


FOREIGN   LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES/ 83 

1-2       El.IMl-M  ARY 

Basic  conversational  patterns  and  syntactical  foundations  of  the  language.  Laboratory 

dulls,  reading  of  graded  texts. 

10-11        InTIRMIzDIATF 

Systematic  review  and  extension  of  essential  grammar;  laboratory  drills  in  syntax  and 
idioms.  Reading  of  expository  prose.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  2  or  equivalent. 

20       AOVANCII) 

Designed  to  develop  a  high  degree  of  aural  comprehension  and  conversational  fluency. 
Directed  composition  and  readings.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  H  or  equivalent. 

30  Foreign  Language  Systems  and  Process 

Study  of  basic  linguistic  concepts  as  a  tool  for  language  learning  and  teaching.  Dis- 
cussion and  application  of  modern  language  teaching  techniques.  Designed  for  future 
teachers  of  foreign  languages.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instruetor. 

31  Spamsfi  Grammaticae  Stricture 

Study  of  intonation,  complex  grammatical  rules  and  their  practical  application,  and  a 
brief  survey  of  the  development  of  the  language.  Reeommended  for  all  majors. 

33  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature  and  Civilization 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Spanish  literature,  repre- 
sentative authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  deals  with  the 
literature  from  the  beginning  through  the  17th  century.  Open  to  students  majoritig  in 
other  departments  after,  eonsultation  with  the  instructor. 

34  Survey  oe  Spanish  Literature  and  Civilization 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Spanish  literature,  rep- 
resentative authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course  deals  with 
the  literature  from  the  18th  century  to  the  present.  Open  to  students  majoring  in  other 
departments  after  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

35  Survey  of  Spanish  American  Literature  and  Civilization 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Spanish-American  litera- 
ture, representative  authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course 
deals  with  the  literature  from  the  discovery  through  the  advent  of  Modernism.  Open  to 
students  tnajining  in  other  departments  after  eonsultation  with  the  instructor. 

36  St  RVEY  OE  Spanish  American  Literature  and  Civilization 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  important  periods  of  Spanish-American  liter- 
ature, representative  authors,  and  major  socio-economic  developments.  The  course 
deals  with  the  literature  from  Modernism  to  the  present.  Open  to  students  majoring  in 
other  departments  after  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

43     Spanish  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age 

A  study  of  representative  works  and  principal  literary  figures.  The  course  deals  with 
the  major  poets  (Garcilaso,  Fray  Luis,  San  Juan,  Gongora,  Lope,  and  Quevedo)  and 
dramatists  (Lope,  Tirso.  Alarcon.  and  Calderon)  of  the  16th  and  17th  centuries. 
Prerequisite :  Consent  of  instructor. 


84 /HISTORY 

44     Spanish  Literature  oe  the  Golden  AciF 

A  study  of  representative  works  and  principal  literary  figures.  The  course  deals  with 
the  main  currents  in  prose  fiction,  culminating  in  Cervantes  and  Don  Quijote.  Prerequi- 
site: Consent  of  instructor. 

46  Romanticism 

A  study  of  the  Romantic  movement  in  Spain  with  emphasis  on  the  major  poets, 
dramatists  and  costumbristas.  Prerequisite:  Consent  oj  instructor. 

47  19th  Century  Novel 

The  "rebirth"  of  the  Spanish  novel:  regionalism,  realism,  and  naturalism  in  prose  fic- 
tion, with  emphasis  on  the  works  of  Galdos.  Prerequisite :  Consent  of  instructor. 

48  The  Generation  of  '98 

A  study  of  the  major  literary  figures  of  the  early  20th  century:  Unamuno,  Azorin, 
Valle  Inclan,  Baroja,  Benavente,  Machado,  Jimenez,  etc.  Prerequisite :  Consent  of 
instructor. 

49  Spanish  American  Novel 

Selected  readings  in  the  novel  with  emphasis  on  the  "classics"":  Azuela,  Gallegos, 
Guiraldes,  and  Rivera.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 


HISTORY 


Professors:  Priest  ( Cluiirnniii >,  Ewing 

Assistant  Professor:  Piper 

Instructor:  Larson 

A  major  consists  often  courses  including  History  10  and  1 1.  Religion 
26  and/or  27  may  be  counted  toward  a  major.  History  majors  seeking 
secondary  certification  are  required  to  take  History  12  and  13.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  courses  listed  below,  special  courses  and  individual  studies 
are  available — recent  topics  include  the  Afro-American  and  the  urban 
experience,  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction,  and  American  Colonial 
history. 


10  The  Zenith  of  European  Power,  I8I5-I9I4 

A  study  of  the  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  foundations  of  European 
domination  of  the  world  in  the  nineteenth  century. 

1 1  The  End  of  European  Dominance 

The  story  of  how  in  the  twentieth  century  Europe  loses  her  supremacy  as  a  result  of 
two  world  wars,  new  states  are  formed  from  old  empires,  powerful  states  again  both 
threaten  war  and  work  for  peace,  and  the  people's  revolution  begins. 


HISTORY/ 85 

12  United  States  History  (1763-1877) 

A  study  of  the  men,  measures,  and  movements  which  have  been  significant  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  United  States  between  1763  and  1877.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  prob- 
lems of  minority  groups  and  to  aspects  of  Pennsylvania  history  as  well  as  to  majority 
and  national  influences. 

13  United  States  History  Since  1877. 

A  study  of  the  men,  measures,  and  movements  which  have  been  significant  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  United  States  since  1877.  Attention  is  paid  to  the  problems  of  min- 
ority groups  and  to  aspects  of  Pennsylvania  history  as  well  as  to  majority  and  national 
influences. 

20  Ancient  Greece 

A  study  of  the  origins  of  civilization  in  the  ancient  Near  East,  its  diffusion  to  other 
areas,  and  the  foundations  of  the  western  tradition  in  Greece.  The  political,  social, 
and  cultural  experiences  and  the  intellectual,  literary,  and  aesthetic  achievements  of 
the  Greeks  will  be  examined.  Alternate  years. 

21  The  Roman  Republic  and  Empire 

The  emergence  and  expansion  of  the  Roman  state,  its  conquest  of  the  Mediterranean, 
its  experience  as  a  republic,  its  transformation  into  the  Empire,  the  Empire  as  a  major 
factor  in  history.  The  role  of  Rome  in  the  continuation  and  modification  of  the  western 
tradition  will  be  assessed  and  the  character  of  Roman  institutional  and  legal  develop- 
ment will  be  examined.  Alternate  years. 

22  Barbarian   Europe,  the   Byzantine   Empire,   and  the   Moslem  World  to  the 
Twelfth  Century 

The  disintegration  of  the  Roman  Empire  in  the  West  and  the  rise  of  the  Germanic 
states  on  its  soil,  the  continuation  of  the  Roman  Empire  in  the  East  (the  Byzantine 
Empire),  the  emergence  of  Islam  and  the  subsequent  rise  of  the  Arab  Empire  and  its 
later  fragmentation.  The  fusion  of  Roman,  Germanic,  and  Christian  elements  and  the 
emergence  there-from  of  medieval  western  civilization  will  be  examined  along  with  the 
transformation  in  the  character  and  civilization  of  the  continuing  Eastern  Roman 
Empire  and  the  origins  and  development  of  the  Moslem  world  and  civilization.  The 
impact  of  these  three  areas  and  civilizations  on  each  other  will  be  assessed.  Alternate 
years. 

23  The  High  and  Later  Middle  Ages 

The  flowering  of  a  distinctive  medieval  civilization  m  the  twelfth  and  thirteenth 
centuries  and  the  changes  in  the  character  of  this  civilization  in  the  fourteenth  and 
fifteenth  centuries.  The  political,  social,  economic,  intellectual,  ecclesiastical,  literary, 
and  aesthetic  facets  of  this  civilization  will  be  studied  in  their  relationship  to  each 
other.  Included  in  the  fourteenth  and  fifteenth  centuries  are  the  early  and  middle 
phases  of  the  Renaissance.  Alternate  years. 


28    Afro-American  History 

A  study  of  the  experiences  and  participation  of  Afro-Americans  in  the  United  States. 
The  course  includes  historical  experiences  such  as  slavery,  abolition,  reconstruction, 
and  urbanization.  It  also  raises  the  issue  of  the  development  and  growth  of  white 
racism,  and  the  effect  of  this  racism  on  contemporary  Afro-American  social,  intellec- 
tual, and  political  life. 


86 /HISTORY 

30     Early  Modern  Europe 

An  examination  of  the  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  aspects  of  Early 
Modem  Europe  and  their  impact  on  the  development  of  modern  Europe. 

3!     The  Old  Regime  and  Its  Collapse  1648-1815 

A  study  of  European  life  dominated  by  royal  absolutism  and  the  landed  aristocracy, 
challenged  by  the  beginnings  of  modem  science  and  the  Enlightenment,  and  brought 
down  by  the  Revolution  beginning  in  France. 

32  The  European  Right  Between  the  World  Wars 

An  investigation  of  fascism  as  a  European  phenomenon  emphasizing  the  common 
characteristics  of  the  various  national  movements.  Topics  to  be  covered  include  the 
origins,  theories,  and  practices  of  various  fascist  systems.  Prerequisite:  History  10  and 
11,  or  consent  oj  instructor. 

33  European  Imperialism 

A  study  of  the  European  expansion  overseas  since  the  sixteenth  century  emphasizing 
the  motives  behind  expansion,  the  nature  of  the  Empires,  and  the  impact  of  the  ex- 
perience on  both  the  European  and  non-European  people.  Prerequisite :  History  10 
and  It,  or  consent  oJ  instructor. 

34  American  Foreign  Relations 

A  study  of  the  course  of  relations  of  the  United  States  with  foreign  nations  from  in- 
dependence through  World  War  I. 

35  American  Foreign  Relations 

A  detailed  study  of  the  formulation  and  application  of  American  foreign  policies  since 
1918. 

36  Modern  Revolutions 

A  comparative  study  of  the  English,  American,  French,  and  Russian  Revolutions  ana- 
lyzing the  conditions  which  bred  them,  the  ideology  which  motivated  them,  the  course 
of  conflict  from  reform  to  violence,  and  the  ultimate  reaction.  Prerequisite :  Consent  of 
instructor. 

40  Intellectual  History  of  the  Renaissance 

A  study  of  the  classical,  humanist,  and  scholastic  elements  involved  in  the  develop- 
ment of  the  Renaissance  outlook,  views,  and  values,  both  in  Italy  and  in  Northern 
Europe.  The  various  combination  of  circumstances  which  constitute  the  historical 
context  of  these  intellectual  developments  will  be  noted.  Prerequisite:  History  23  and 30 
or  consent  of  instructor.  .Alternate  years. 

41  Intellectual  History  of  the  Reformation 

A  study  of  the  ideas  and  systems  of  ideas  propounded  prior  to  the  Reformation  but 
which  are  historically  related  to  its  inception  and  of  the  ideas  and  systems  of  ideas 
involved  in  the  formation  of  the  major  Reformation  Protestant  traditions  and  in  the 
Catholic  Reformation.  Included  are  the  ideas  of  the  humanists  of  the  Reformation 
Era.  Prerequisite:  History  30  or  consent  oJ  instructor.  .Alternate  years. 


HISTORY/  87 

42  V.   S.    SotlAl    AM)   InTHLLK  TLAl.    HlSIORV    ID    1  S65 

A  study  of  the  social  and  intellectual  experience  of  the  United  States  from  its  colonial 
antecedence  through  reconstruction.  Among  the  topics  considered  are  Puritanism. 
Transcendentalism,  community  life  and  organization,  education  and  social  reform 
movements.  Prerequisite:  2  courses  Jrom  History  12,  13,  2H,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

43  L'.  S.  Social  and  Intellectlal  History  since  1865 

A  study  of  the  social  and  intellectual  experience  of  the  United  States  from  reconstruc- 
tion to  the  present  day.  Among  the  topics  considered  are  Social  Darwinism.  Pragma- 
tism, community  life  and  organization,  education  and  social  retorm  movements.  Pre- 
requisite: 2  courses  from  History  12,  13,  28,  or  consent  oj  instructor. 


44     Victorian  England 

A  study  of  the  nineteenth  century  in  England  pursuing  such  topics  as  the  condition  of 
the  working  class,  the  politics  of  reform,  morals  and  manners,  religion  and  science, 
origins  of  the  Labour  Party,  and  the  motivation  for  imperialism.  Prerequisite:  History 
10  and  11.  or  Consent  of  instructor.  .Alternate  years. 


45    Topics  in  Twentieth  Century  British  History 

An  investigation  of  such  subjects  as  the  expansion  of  social  services,  popular  culture, 
problems  of  affluence,  the  failure  of  diplomacy,  the  experience  of  two  world  wars,  the 
changing  Commonwealth,  and   the   British   role  in   the  world   today.   Prerequisite: 

History  ID  ami  II.  or  consent  of  instructor.  .Alternate  years 


46    Topics  in  Russian  History 

Studies  of  various  aspects  of  prerevolutionary  Russia  evolving  around  the  theme  of  the 
failure  of  the  Tsarist  regime  to  successfully  overcome  the  challenge  of  the  modern 
world.  Prerequisite :  History  10  and  II.  or  consent  of  instructor.  .Alteriuite  years. 


47  Topics  in  Soviet  History 

Studies  of  various  aspects  of  political,  economic,  social,  and  cultural  history  of  the 
USSR  since  1917.  Prerequisite:  History  If)  and  II.  or  consent  of  Instructor.  .Alternate 
years. 

48  Topics  in  Twentieth  Century  United  States  Religion 

The  study  of  historical  and  cultural  developments  in  American  society  which  relates  to 
religion  or  are  commonly  called  religious.  This  involves  consideration  of  the  institu- 
tional and  intellectual  development  of  several  faith  groups  as  well  as  discussion  of  cer- 
tain problems.  The  problems  include  the  persistence  of  religious  bigotry  and  the  chang- 
ing modes  of  Church-State  relationships.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  .Alternate 
years. 


88  /MATHEMATICS 

MATHEMATICS 


Professor:  Skeath  ( C/uilrnuin ) 

Assistant  Professors:  Feldmann.  Getchell.  Henninger 

Instructors:  Lambert.  Sausman 

A  major  consists  of  ten  courses  numbered  10  or  above  mcludmg 
Mathematics  10-11.  20,  and  34-35.  Students  seeking  secondary  certi- 
fication in  mathematics  are  advised  to  elect  Mathematics  24  and  30. 

I       Al.GtBRA    AM)  TRICi<)NOMFTR> 

An  elemenlar>  study  o!  tnjzonometnc,  polynomial,  logarithmic  and  exponential 
tunction- 

2  MoDhRN  Mathematics 

Topics  included  are  sets,  relations,  functions,  methods  of  mathematical  reasonmg. 
systems  of  numeration,  the  structure  of  the  real  number  system  and  its  ma|or  subsys- 
tems, 

3  Introduction  to  Calculus 

A  non-theoretical  introduction  to  derivatives  and  integrals  with  applications,  Picieq- 
iisite:  Mathenuitics  I  or  equivak'nt.  Gniduution  cicctit  will  not  he  given  In  acidilion  !o 
Mathemcities  10. 

4  Introduction  to  Probability 

Probability  m  finite  sample  spaces,  sophisticated  counting,  vectors,  matrices,  and 
Markov  processes,  with  applications.  Prerequisile:  Mathematics  2  or  equivalent. 

5  Introduction  to  Statistics 

Describing  distributions  of  measurements,  probability  and  random  variables,  binomial 
and  normal  probability  distributions,  statistical  inference  from  small  samples,  linear 
regression  and  correlation,  analysis  of  enumerative  data.  Includes  laboratory  ex- 
perience with  the  desk  calculator. 

8     Computer  Science 

Study  of  mathematics  relevant  to  computing  A  survey  o\'  machine  and  symbolic 
programming.  Introduction  to  FORTRAN  iV  programming.  Includes  laboratory 
experience  on  an  IBM  1130. 

10-1 1     Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  I-II 

Study  of  graphs  of  functions,  properties  of  come  sections,  polar  coordinates,  ideas  of 
limits  and  continuity,  differentiation  and  integration  of  algebraic  and  transcendental 
functions,  vectors.  Prerequisite :  Mathematics  I  or  equivalent. 

20  Analytic  Geometry  and  Calculus  III 

Study  of  convergent  and  divergent  series,  solid  analytic  geometry,  partial  differentia- 
tion, multiple  integration.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  11. 

21  Dieeerential  Equations 

Methods  of  solving  differential  equations,  including  Laplace  transforms,  differential 
operators  and  variation  of  parameters.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20. 


MATHEMATICS/ 89 


24     Foundations  of  Mathematics 

Topics  include  the  nature  of  mathematical  systems,  essentials  of  logical  reasoning, 
axiomatic  foundation  of  set  theory,  and  transfinite  induction.  Prerequisite:  Mathe- 
malics  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 


30    Topics  in  Geometry 

An  axiomatic  treatment  of  Euclidean  geometry,  and  an  introduction  to  related  geo- 
metries. Prerequisite:  Mathematics  10.  Alternate  years. 


31     Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis 

Study  and  analysis  of  tabulated  data  leading  to  interpolation,  numerical  solution  of 
equations  and  systems  of  equations,  numerical  integration.  Corequisite:  Mathematics 

21.  .Alternate  rears. 


32-33     Mathematic  Statistics  i-II 

A  study  of  probability,  discrete  and  continuous  random  variables,  expected  values  and 
moments,  sampling,  point  estimation,  sampling  distributions,  interval  estimation,  tests 
of  hypotheses,  regression  and  linear  hypotheses,  experimental  design  models.  Pre- 
requisite: Mathematics  20.  Alternate  years. 


34-35     Modern  Algebra  l-II 

An  introduction  to  rings,  ideals,  integral  domains,  fields,  groups,  vector  spaces,  linear 
transformations,  matrices,  and  determinants.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20  or  24. 


40     Applied  Analysis 

Topics  selected  from  vector  analysis,  tensors,  matrices,  partial  differential  equations 
and  the  calculus  of  variations.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  21.  Alternate  years. 


41     Introduction  to  Topology 

An  introduction  to  metric  spaces,  abstract  topological  spaces,  mappings,  separation, 
completeness,  compactness,  and  connectedness.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  20. 
Alternate  years. 


42     Real  Analysis 

Construction  of  the  real  number  system.  A  rigorous  study  of  infinite  series  and 
continuity,  differentiation  and  integration  of  real  valued  functions.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  20.  Alternate  years. 


43     CoMPiEx  Analysis 

Introduction  to  the  complex  number  system,  functions  of  a  complex  variable,  trans- 
formations, analytic  functions,  and  complex  integration.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics 
20.  Alternate  years. 


90    /MUSIC 

MUSIC 


Professors:  Morgan  (Chalrnuin ),  Mclver 
Associate  Professors:  Russell.  Sheaifer 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses  numbered  10  and  above  and  satis- 
factory completion  of  a  piano  proficiency  examination.  Each  major  must 
complete  one  unit  of  applied  music  each  year.  Music  majors  have  the 
option  of  concentrating  their  attention  upon  either  a  performance  area 
(trumpet,  voice,  piano,  etc.),  or  a  scholarly  area  (theory  or  music  liter- 
ature). 

1-2     Introduction  to  Music 

A  basic  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  nature  of  music.  Extensive 
guided  hstening  is  used  to  help  the  student  to  become  perceptive. 

10-1 1     Music  Theory  I  and  II 

An  integrated  course  in  musicianship  including  sight  singing,  ear  training,  written  and 
keyboard  harmony. 

20-21     Music  Theory  III  and  IV 

A  continuation  of  the  integrated  course  moving  toward  newer  uses  of  musical  materials. 
Prerequisite:  Music  11. 

28  Counterpoint 

A  study  of  the  five  species  in  two,  three,  and  four-part  writing.  Alternate  years. 

29  Orchestration 

A  study  of  modern  orchestral  instruments,  and  examination  of  their  use  by  the  great 
masters  with  practical  problems  of  instrumentation.  Alternate  years. 

30  Composition 

Creative  writing  in  smaller  vocal  and  instrumental  forms.  The  college  musical  organi- 
zations serve  to  make  performance  possible.  Alternate  years. 

31  Conducting 

A  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  conducting  with  frequent  opportunity  for  practical 
experience.  Alternate  years. 

35  Music  History  and  Literature  to  J.S.  Bach 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  music  from  antiquity  to  the  beginning  of  the  18th  century 
with  emphasis  on  nonmensural  chant,  the  beginnings  of  harmony  and  counterpoint 
and  their  development.  Prerequisite :  Music  2.  Alternate  years. 

36  Music  History  and  Literature  of  the  I 8th  Century 

Emphasizing  the  achievements  of  the  late  Baroque  and  largely  concerned  with  the 
lives  and  works  of  Bach,  Handel,  Haydn,  and  Mozart.  Prerequisite:  Music  2.  Alternate 
years. 


MUSIC/    91 

45  Music  History  and  Literature  of  the  19th  Century 

A  survey  of  the  music  of  the  19th  century,  including  study  of  Beethoven,  Chopin, 
Schubert,  Brahms,  Wagner,  and  Debussy  and  their  principal  media  and  forms. 
Prerequisite:  Music  2.  Alternate  years. 

46  Music  History  and  Literature  of  the  20th  Century 

The  survey  of  music  history  culminates  with  the  study  of  the  works  of  such  moderns 
as  Stravinsky,  Bartok,  Prokofief.  Shostakovich,  Barber,  Copland,  Menotti,  and 
Stockhausen.  Attention  is  given  to  atonality  and  expressionism.  Prerequisite:  Music  2. 
Alternate  years. 


APPLIED  MUSIC 


The  study  of  performance  in  Piano.  Voice.  Organ.  Strings.  Brass. 
Woodwinds,  and  Percussion  is  designed  to  develop  sound  technique  and 
a  knowledge  of  the  appropriate  literature.  Frequent  student  recitals  offer 
opportunity  to  gain  experience  in  performance.  Music  majors  or  other 
qualified  students  in  performance  may  present  senior  recitals. 

Credit  for  Applied  Music  courses  (Music  60  through  69)  is  earned  on  a 
fractional  basis  SEE  PAGE  16  tor  the  tYactional  values  involved.  An 
Applied  Music  Course  (60  series)  should  NOT  be  substituted  for  an 
academic  course  in  a  student's  schedule  but  should  be  IN  ADDITION  TO 
the  normal  four  academic  courses  taken  per  semester. 


Private  or  Class  Instruction  in: 

60  Piano  62  Strings  64  Brass  66  Percussion 

61  Voice  63  Organ  65  Woodwinds 


67  Piano  Ensemble 

A  course  designed  to  explore  piano  literature  for  four  and  eight  hands. 

68  Vocal  Ensemble 

A  course  designed  to  enable  any  student  possessing  at  least  average  vocal  talent  to 
study  choral  technique.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  tone  production,  diction  and 
phrasing. 

69  Instrumental  Ensemble 

A  course  directed  toward  developing  fine  ensemble  music  through  a  study  of  group 
instrumental  procedures. 


92  /PHILOSOPHY 

PHILOSOPHY 


Professor:  Fans 
Assistant  Professors:  Herring  (Chairniiin ).  Griffith,  Wheian 

The  study  of  philosophy  develops  a  critical  understanding  of  the  basic 
concepts  and  presuppositions  around  which  we  organize  our  thought  in 
science,  religion,  education,  morality,  the  arts,  and  other  human  enter- 
prises. A  major  in  philosophy,  together  with  appropriate  related  courses, 
can  provide  an  excellent  preparation  for  policy-making  positions  of 
many  kinds,  for  graduate  study  in  several  fields,  and  for  careers  in  educa- 
tion, law.  and  the  ministry.  The  major  consists  of  eight  courses,  including 
Philosophy  30-31  and  35,  normally  taken  in  the  Junior  year.  In  addition 
to  the  courses  listed  below,  special  courses  and  individual  studies  are 
available — recent  topics  include:  existentialism,  Plato's  ethics,  philos- 
ophy in  literature,  metaethics.  and  Schopenhauer. 


10     Introduction  to  Philosophical  Problems 

An  inquiry,  carried  on  mainly  by  discussions  and  short  papers,  into  a  few  selected 
philosophical  problems.  The  problems  vary  with  the  instructor;  typical  examples  are: 
What  is  a  scientific  explanation?  Are  standards  of  conduct  relative?  Is  talk  about  God 
meaningful?  Readings  in  philosophical  classics  and  contemporary  books  and  articles. 


16     General  Logic 

A  general  introduction  to  topics  in  logic  and  their  application  to  reasoning.  Included 
are  definition,  syllogistic  logic,  some  modern  symbolic  logic,  informal  fallacies,  in- 
ductive reasoning,  and  scientific  method. 


20  Ethics 

An  inquiry  focusing  on  the  question.  "What  should  I  do?"  and  dealing  with  the  con- 
tent and  rationale  of  the  general  normative  proposals  made  by  egoists,  utilitarians,  etc., 
as  to  how  to  decide.  Usually,  a  special  topic  such  as  legal  punishment,  human  rights, 
or  social  justice  is  examined.  Readings  in  philosophical  classics  and  contemporary 
books  and  articles.  Preiequisiie :  One  coiirsc  in  philosophy. 

21  AE.STHET1CS 

A  philosophical  examination  of  the  nature  of  art  and  aesthetic  value  and  a  considera- 
tion of  some  of  the  philosophical  problems  relating  to  various  art-forms:  painting, 
poetry,  theatre,  music,  etc.  Some  typical  issues  discussed  are:  What  sort  of  reasons,  if 
any.  are  appropriate  in  art  criticism?  Are  the  arts  kinds  of  language?  Is  censorship  in 
the  arts  ever  justifiable?  Prerec/uisile:  One  course  in  phik^sophy.  or  Junior  or  Senior 
major  in  Art,  English,  Foreign  Language,  Music,  or  Theatre. 


PHILOSOPHY/  93 

22     Social  and  Political  Philosophy 

An  examination  of  the  logic  of  social  and  political  thought  with  an  analysis  of  such 
concepts  as  society,  state,  power,  authority,  freedom,  social  and  political  obligation, 
law,  and  rights.  Readings  in  philosophical  classics  and  contemporary  books  and 
articles.  Prerequisite:  One  course  in  philosophy,  or  Junior  or  Senior  nnijo'-  in  Foliiiial 
Science  or  Sociology. 

24  Philosophy  of  Science 

A  consideration  of  philosophically  important  conceptual  problems  related  primarily 
to  the  methodology  of  science,  including  such  topics  as  the  nature  of  scientific  laws 
and  theories,  the  character  of  explanation,  the  import  of  prediction,  the  existence  of 
"non-observable"  theoretical  entities  such  as  electrons  and  genes,  the  problem  of 
justifying  induction,  and  various  puzzles  associated  with  probability.  Prerequisite: 
One  course  in  philosophy,  or  Junior  or  Senior  major  in  Biology.  Chemistry.  Physics. 
Psychology,  or  Sociology. 

25  Philosophy  of  Religion 

A  study  of  religion  from  the  standpoint  of  philosophy,  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
nature  of  man,  the  problem  of  good-and-evil,  and  the  philosophical  bases  for  belief  in 
God  and  in  immortality.  Assignments  include  readings  from  ancient,  modern,  and 
contemporary  writers.  Prerequisite:  One  course  in  philosophy,  or  Junior  or  Senior 
major  in  Religion. 

26  Philosophy  of  Education 

An  examination  of  the  basic  concepts  involved  in  thought  about  education,  the  main 
models  for  viewing  the  educational  process,  and  some  of  the  competing  values  and 
principles  which  education  involves.  Typical  of  the  questions  discussed  are:  What  is 
liberal  education?  Are  education  and  indoctrination  really  different?  Are  student 
freedom  and  intellectual  authority  compatible?  Prerequisite:  One  course  in  philosophy, 
or  Junior  or  Senior  standing  in  education. 

29     Philosophy  of  History 

An  examination  of  the  concept  of  history,  dealing  with  the  logic  of  historical  inquiry 
and  with  speculative  treatments  of  the  course  of  history  as  a  whole.  The  primary 
purpose  is  to  provide  a  philosophical  analysis  of  the  descriptive  language  and  ex- 
planatory reasoning  of  historians.  In  addition,  some  attention  will  be  paid  to  the 
values  and  limitations  of  speculative  and  general  interpretations  of  history,  for 
example:  those  of  Hegel  and  Marx.  Prerequisite:  One  cour.se  in  philosophy,  or  Junior 
or  Senior  major  in  history.  .Alternate  years. 

30-31     History  of  Philosophy 

A  philosophical  study  of  the  history  of  Western  philosophy.  The  primary  concern  is  to 
understand  the  fundamental  theories  of  the  great  philosophers,  including:  Plato, 
Aristotle,  St.  Thomas  Aquinas,  Descartes,  Locke.  Hume,  Kant,  and  more  recent 
thinkers.  A  second  concern  is  to  see  the  relation  of  these  theories  to  our  Western 
intellectual  traditions.  Central  to  the  course  are  readings  in  philosophical  classics. 
Prerequisite:  One  course  in  philosophy:  not  open  to  Freshmen  and  Sophomores. 

35     Epistemology 

An  inquiry,  carried  on  primarily  by  discussions  and  short  papers,  into  contemporary 
philosophical  problems  and  theories  about  knowing,  perceiving,  truth,  and  meaning. 
The  nature  of  philosophical  thought  is  examined.  Prerequisite:  Tmo  courses  in  philos- 
ophy. 


94 /PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

36     Symbolic  Logic 

A  study  of  modern  symbolic  logic,  including  truth-functional  logic,  the  logic  of 
propositional  functions,  and  deductive  systems.  Attention  is  also  given  to  various 
topics  in  the  philosophy  of  the  formal  sciences. 

38     Metaphysics 

A  study  of  the  meaning  and  nature  of  reality,  and  a  critical  examination  of  the  leadmg 
philosophical  world-views,  such  as  realism  and  idealism,  with  the  aim  of  developing  a 
better  perspective  for  the  understanding  of  life.  Preiequisite:  One  course  in  philosophy : 
not  open  to  Freshmen. 

49     Departmental  Seminar 

An  investigation,  carried  on  by  discussions  and  papers,  into  one  selected  philosophical 
problem,  text,  philosopher,  or  movement.  This  seminar  is  designed  to  provide  Junior 
and  Senior  philosophy  majors  and  other  qualified  students  with  more  than  the  usual 
opportunity  for  concentrated  and  cooperative  inquiry.  The  topic  varies;  recent  topics 
include  Sidgwick's  ethics,  religious  language,  Kierkegaard,  and  legal  punishment. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor.  This  seminar  may  he  repeated  for  credit. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 


Associate  Professor:  Busey  (Chairman) 

Assistant  Professors:  Burch,  Miller,  Vargo,  Whitehill 

Instructor:  Phillips 


Physical  Education  (Men) 
Basic  instruction  m  fundamentals,  knowledge,  and  appreciation  of  sports  that  include 
swimming,  softball,  tennis,  bowling,  volleyball,  archery,  track,  soccer,  wrestling, 
physical  fitness,  and  golf.  Swimming  is  required  of  all  students.  The  student  may  select 
any  of  these  activities,  one  of  which  will  be  an  outdoor  activity  and  one  an  indoor  one, 
each  of  the  four  semesters.  A  reasonable  degree  of  proficiency  is  required  of  the  student 
in  those  activities  which  he  chooses  to  participate  in.  Emphasis  is  on  the  potential  of 
this  activity  as  tension  relievers  and  their  use  as  recreational  and  leisure  time  interests 
in  post-college  life.  Four  semesters  of  physical  education  (two  hours  per  week)  are 
required. 


Physical  Education  (Women) 
Basic  instruction  in  fundamentals  of  swimming,  tennis,  badmiton,  bowling,  volleyball, 
field  hockey,  free  exercise,  modern  dance,  elementary  games  (for  elementary  teachers), 
and  physical  fitness.  Swimming,  dance,  physical  fitness  and  at  least  one  individual 
sport  are  required  of  all  students.  The  other  activities  are  selected  by  the  student.  A 
reasonable  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  activities  of  her  choice  is  required. 
Four  semesters  of  physical  education  (two  hours  per  week)  are  required. 


PHYSICS/  95 

PHYSICS 

Professor:  Fineman  ( Chairnuin ) 

Associate  Professor:  W.  Smith 

Assistant  Professor:  Jamison 

A  major  consists  of  eight  courses,  of  which  six  must  be  numbered 
above  20.  Physics  23,  29,  33;  Mathematics  10-11,  20,  21 ;  and  one  year  of 
chemistry  are  required.  Students  planning  to  enter  graduate  school  will 
find  it  advisable  to  have  a  reading  knowledge  of  a  foreign  language  and 
to  know  Fortran  programming.  All  junior  and  senior  physics  majors  are 
required  to  attend  and  to  participate  in  the  weekly  physics  colloquia. 

1-2     Elements  of  Physics 

A  non-calculus  introductory  course  in  which  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity, 
magnetism,  and  optics  are  presented.  Some  recent  developments  in  physics  will  also 
be  presented.  Three  lectures,  one  recitation  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  session. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  1  or  equivalent. 

3-4    Physical  Science 

This  course  will  present  and  explain  some  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  physical 
sciences:  Physics,  Astronomy,  Earth  Science,  and  Chemistry — in  such  a  manner  that 
liberal  arts  students  will  realize  that  science  is  not  only  comprehensible  but  exciting. 
The  emphasis  of  the  course  will  be  conceptional  rather  than  mathematical.  It  will  meet 
the  college's  natural  science  distribution  requirement.  Three  lectures,  one  recitation, 
and  two-hour  laboratory  session.  Prerequisite:  Mathetnatics  1  or  equivalent. 

10-11     General  Physics 

An  introductory  course  in  physics  for  science  and  engineering  students,  in  which  the 
basic  concepts  of  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  electricity,  magnetism  and  light  are 
presented  using  calculus.  Three  lectures,  one  recitation  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
session.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  10  or  Mathematics  3. 

21     The  Concepts  of  Modern  Physics 

The  purpose  of  this  elective  course  is  to  provide  Arts  and  Humanities  majors,  who 
have  a  minimum  background  in  mathematics  and  physics,  to  satisfy  their  curiosity 
about  the  nature  of  the  physical  world  without  being  concerned  about  doing  a  lot  of 
problem  solvmg.  The  course  will  include  discussions  in  an  historical  and  philosophical 
framework  of  the  mechanical  concepts  (mass,  space,  time,  force,  momentum,  and 
energy),  of  a  few  topics  in  relativity  and  of  the  discovery,  detection  and  use  of  some  of 
the  elementary  particles  of  physics  and  their  impact  on  contemporary  physical 
thought.  Four  hours  lecture-discussion.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  J  or  equivalent. 

23     Modern  Physics 

The  basic  concepts  of  Modern  Physics  are  examined;  the  wave-particle  duality  and  the 
fundamental  ideas  of  quantum  mechanics;  atomic  structure;  x-ray  spectra;  interaction 
of  radiation  and  matter;  nuclear  models  and  nuclear  structure,  radioactivity,  nuclear 
reactions;  molecular  and  solid  state  physics.  Special  relativity.  This  course  is  the 
foundation  for  a  systematic  study  of  quantum  mechanics.  Three  lectures  and  one 
four-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Physics  II  or  consent  of  instructor. 


96    /PHYSICS 

29-30     Electricity  and  Magnetism 

This  course  will  cover  the  electrostatic  field,  electric  potential,  magnetic  field  and  the 
electrical  and  magnetic  properties  of  matter.  Maxwell's  equations  and  some  of  their 
applications  to  electromagnetic  radiation  will  be  taken  up.  The  laboratory  will  include 
experiments  on  basic  electronics  as  well  as  classical  electricity  and  magnetism  experi- 
ments. Three  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  sessions.  Prerequisite :  Physics  23; 
Co-requisite:  Mathematics  21  or  consent  of  instructor. 

31     Optics  and  Waves 

Following  a  presentation  of  geometrical  optics,  wave  motion,  interference;  Fresnel 
and  Fraunhofer  diffraction,  gratings;  the  velocity  of  light,  absorption  and  scattering, 
and  polarization  of  light  will  be  covered.  Three  hours  lecture  and  one  four-hour  labora- 
tory session.  Prerequisite:  Physics  U  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Not  offered  1970-1971 ) 

33-34     Mechanics 

The  study  of  the  motion  of  a  single  particle,  a  system  of  particles,  rigid  bodies  and  an 
introduction  to  the  mechanics  of  continuous  media  will  be  covered.  Topics  which  are 
needed  for  understanding  quantum  mechanics  and  special  theory  of  relativity  such  as 
moving  reference  systems,  Lagrange's  equations  and  theory  of  vibrations  will  be  ex- 
amined. Three  lectures,  and  a  recitation  or  a  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Physics  11: 
Mathematics  21  or  consent  of  instructor. 

35     Thermal  Physics 

The  laws  of  thermodynamics  and  their  applications  to  some  physical,  chemical,  electric 
and  magnetic  problems  are  presented.  The  properties  of  bulk  matter  will  also  be  treat- 
ed from  a  microscopic  viewpoint,  i.e.,  the  kinetic  theory  of  gases  and  statistical  me- 
chanics. A  comparison  of  Maxwell-Boltzmann,  Fermi-Dirac  and  Bose-Einstein 
statistics  IS  made.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and  recitation.  Prerequisite:  Physics  33;  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

39    Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics 

After  presenting  the  origin,  basic  concepts  and  formulation  of  Quantum  Mechanics 
with  emphasis  on  its  physical  meaning  the  free  particle,  simple  harmonic  oscillator  and 
central  force  problems  will  be  investigated.  Both  time  independent  and  time  dependent 
perturbation  theory  will  be  covered.  The  elegant  operator  formalism  of  quantum 
mechanics  will  conclude  the  course.  Four  hours  of  lecture  and  recitation.  Prerequisite : 
Physics  23  or  Chemistry  31 ;  Mathematics  21 ;  and  Physics  29  or  consent  oj  instructor. 
(Not  offered  1970-1971) 

41  Elements  of  Nuclear  Physics 

With  the  tools  obtained  after  a  review  of  nuclear  concepts  and  some  quantum  mechan- 
ics, the  course  will  cover  interactions  of  nuclear  radiations  with  matter,  radioactive 
decay  and  nuclear  reactions.  The  understanding  of  nuclear  forces  will  be  emphasized, 
particularly  from  scattering  studies  of  two-nucleon  systems.  Three  lectures  and  four- 
hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Physics  39;  or  Physics  23  and  consent  of  instructor. 

42  Solid  State  Physics 

Introductory  treatment  of  crystallography,  lattice  dynamics,  electrons  in  metals,  prop- 
erties of  semiconductors  and  dielectric  and  magnetic  properties  of  solids  will  be  given. 
Three  lectures  and  four-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Physics  39;  or  Physics  23  and 
consent  of  instructor. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE/  97 

Physics  Colloquia  (No  Credit) 

Junior  and  Senior  physics  majors  are  required  to  attend  and  participate  in  the  weekly 
physics  colloquia. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


Professors:  Weidman  (Chairman),  Jose 
Instructors:  Banks.  Knepp 

A  major  consists  of  Political  Science  10,  20,  and  six  other  courses. 
Directed  programs  are  arranged  for  majors  concentrating  upon  special- 
ized areas  of  political  science. 


10  The  Government  of  the  United  States:  National 

An  introduction  to  the  principles,  structure,  functions,  and  operations  of  the  national 
government,  with  special  reference  to  expansions  to  meet  the  problems  of  a  modern 
society. 

1 1  The  Government  of  the  United  States:  State  and  Local 

An  examination  of  the  general  principles,  major  problems,  and  political  processes  of  the 
states  and  their  subdivisions,  together  with  their  role  in  a  federal  type  of  government. 

20  Comparative  Government 

Western  European  political  systems.  A  comparative  analysis  of  the  governments  of 
Great  Britain,  the  Soviet  Union  and  other  selected  Western  European  political  sys- 
tems. 

21  Comparative  Government 

Political  development.  A  comparative  analysis  of  selected  developing  systems  in  Asia, 
Africa,  and  Latin  America. 

22  Political  Parties  and  Interest  Groups 

An  examination  of  the  history,  organization,  functions,  and  methods  of  American 
political  parties.  Attention  devoted  to  the  role  of  organized  interest  groups  m  the 
political  process. 

23  The  American  Presidency 

A  study  of  the  office  and  powers  of  the  President  with  an  analysis  of  his  major  roles  as 
chief  administrator,  legislative  leader,  political  leader,  initiator  of  foreign  policies, 
commander-in-chief,  and  head  of  state.  Especial  attention  given  to  those  Presidents 
who  led  the  nation  boldly. 


98   /POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

30  The  American  Constitution 

A  presentation  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  Constitution,  their  dominant 
roles  in  the  government  of  the  United  States,  and  the  social  forces  and  dynamic  needs 
which  have  molded  the  growth  of  fundamental  law  through  the  Civil  War. 

31  The  American  Constitution 

A  presentation  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  Constitution,  their  dominant 
roles  in  the  government  of  the  United  States,  and  the  social  forces  and  dynamic  needs 
which  have  molded  the  growth  of  fundamental  law  from  Reconstruction  to  the  present 
time. 

32  Municipal  Government 

An  inquiry  into  the  dynamics  of  municipal  government,  its  legal  status  and  administra- 
tion, and  present-day  experiments  in  the  solution  of  the  problems  of  metropolitan 


33  Public  Administration 

A  systematic  description,  analysis,  and  evaluation  of  the  institutional  foundations  of 
the  American  system  of  public  administration,  with  special  attention  to  structure, 
personnel,  and  control. 

34  World  Politics 

An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  international  relations  in  the  twentieth 
century.  Foundations  of  world  order:  origin  and  present  trends  in  the  international 
system;  analysis  of  variables  governing  the  relations  between  states. 

36    The  Government  and  Politics  of  the  Soviet  Union 

The  study  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  political  system  in  the  Soviet  Union  em- 
phasizing the  ideological  heritage,  the  functioning  of  the  system,  and  the  particular 
problems  of  a  one-party  state.  Alieruaic  years. 

31    The  Foreign  Policy  of  the  Soviet  Union 

The  study  of  the  growth  of  Soviet  involvement  in  world  affairs  including  the  introduc- 
tion of  Soviet  political  institutions  to  Eastern  Europe  and  Asia,  the  ideological  basis 
of  Soviet  foreign  policy,  and  the  conduct  and  formation  of  Soviet  foreign  policy. 
Al termite  years. 

38     Comparative  Foreign  Policies 

An  introductory  examination  of  the  formulation,  conduct,  and  substance  of  the  foreign 
policies  of  representative  states  in  the  international  system. 

40     Political  Philosophy 

An  exposition  of  the  course  of  major  political  ideas  and  doctrines  throughout  history, 
an  appraisal  of  their  influence,  and  an  analysis  of  their  applicability  to  contemporary 
political  issues.  Alternate  year.s. 

43     International  Organization 

An  examination  of  the  structure  and  function  of  the  League  of  Nations  and  partic- 
ularly the  United  Nations  with  emphasis  on  activities  related  to  the  maintenance  of 
international  peace  and  security.  Alternate  year.s. 


PSYCHOLOGY/  99 


PSYCHOLOGY 


Associate  Professor:  Hancock 

Assistant  Professors:  Loomis  ( Chalrnuin), 

Hurr.  Kennedy 

A  major  consists  of  Psychology  10.  20.  21,  22.  and  four  courses  chosen 
from  those  numbered  30  and  above.  Mathematics  5  is  also  required.  The 
distribution  requirement  in  the  social  sciences  can  be  met  by  combining 
Psychology  10  with  Psychology  15.  16.  30.  31,  32,  or  38.  In  addition  to 
the  departmental  requirements,  majors  are  urged  to  include  courses  in 
Animal  Physiology.  Sociology,  and  the  Mathematics  option  of  the 
distribution  requirement. 

10     Introductory  Psychology 

An  introduction  to  the  empirical  study  of  human  and  other  animal  behavior.  Areas 
considered  may  include:  learning,  personality,  social,  physiological,  sensory,  cognition 
and  developmental. 

15  Industrial  Psychology 

The  application  of  the  principles  and  methods  of  psychology  to  selected  business  and 
industrial  situations.  Pierequisite:  Psyclwlogy  10. 

16  Abnormal  Psychology 

An  introduction  to  the  patterns  of  deviant  behavior  with  emphasis  on  cause,  function, 
and  treatment.  The  various  models  for  the  conceptualization  of  abnormal  behavior 
are  critically  examined.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10. 

20  Sensory  Experimental  Psychology 

The  examination  of  psychophysical  methodology  and  basic  neurophysiological 
methods  as  they  are  applied  to  the  understanding  of  sensory  processes.  Prerequisite: 
Psyclwlogy  JO;  Mathematics  5. 

21  Learning  Experimental  Psychology 

Learning  processes.  The  examination  of  the  basic  methods  and  principles  of  animal 
and  human  learning.  Prerecjuisite :  Psychology  10:  Mathematics  5. 

22  Personality  Psychology 

Theories  of  Personality.  A  comparison  of  different  theoretical  views  on  the  develop- 
ment and  functioning  of  personality.  Examined  in  detail  are  three  general  viewpoints 
of  personality;  psychoanalytic,  stimulus-response  (behavioristic),  and  phenomeno- 
logical.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10. 

30    Social  Psychology 

An  examination  of  behavior  in  social  contexts  including  motivation,  preception, 
group  processes  and  leadership,  attitudes,  and  methods  of  research.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology  10. 


100  /PSYCHOLOGY 

31     Developmental  Psychology 

A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  early  human  growth  and  development.  Prerequisite . 
Psychology  10. 


32    Adolescent  Psychology 

The  study  areas  will  include  theories  of  adolescence;  current  issues  raised  by  as  well  as 
about  the  "generation  of  youth":  research  findings  bearing  on  theories  and  issues  of 
growth  beyond  childhood;  and  seif-exploration.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10. 


33  Physiological  Psychology 

A  study  of  the  nervous  system  as  the  physiological  basis  of  behavior.  Prerequisite : 
Psychology  20  or  Biology  23.  Alternate  years. 

34  Principles  of  Measurement 

Psychometric  method  and  theory,  including  scale  transformation,  norms,  standard- 
ization, validation  procedures  and  estimation  of  reliability.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
10,  Mathematics  5. 


35     History  and  Systems  of  Psychology 

The  growth  of  scientific  psychology  and  the  theories  and  systems  that  have  accom- 
panied its  development.  Prerequisite:  4  courses  in  Psychology. 


37  Cognition 

An  investigation  of  human  mental  processes  along  the  two  major  dimensions  of  direc- 
ted and  undirected  thought.  Topic  areas  include:  recognition,  attention,  conceptualiza- 
tion, problem-solving,  fantasy,  language,  dreaming,  and  creativity.  Prerequisite :  Psy- 
chology 10. 

38  Educational  Psychology 

An  introduction  to  the  empirical  study  of  the  teaching-learning  process.  Areas  con- 
sidered may  include  educational  objectives,  pupil  and  teacher  characteristics,  concept 
learning,  problem  solving  and  creativity,  attitudes  and  values,  motivation,  retention 
and  transfer,  and  evaluation  and  measurement.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  10,  and 
Mathematics  5  or  consent  oj  instructor. 

40     Advanced  Experimental  Design 

Consideration  of  a  variety  of  designs  currently  used  in  Psychology  with  emphasis  on 
the  appropriate  statistical  analyses.  Prerequisite :  Psychology  20  and  21. 


48-49     Practicum  in  Psychology 

A  student-defined  course  which  provides  the  opportunity  to  gain  direct  experience  in  a 
field  of  applied  Psychology.  Possiblities  include  a  supervised  program  in  administer- 
ing and  interpreting  selected  psychological  tests,  working  with  the  mentally  retarded, 
or  working  with  emotionally  distressed  individuals  and  families.  Specifics  are  worked 
out  between  the  student  and  the  course  supervisor. 


RELIGION/ 101 

RELIGION 


Professor:  Guerra  f Chairman ) 

Associate  Professor:  Rhodes 

Assistant  Professors:  Hughes,  Lutz.  Neufer 


A  major  consists  of  ten  courses  including  10.  13.  and  14.  At  least 
seven  courses  must  be  taken  in  the  department.  The  following  courses 
may  be  counted  toward  fulfilling  the  major  requirements:  Greek  1 1  and 
12.  Hebrew  1 1  and  12,  History  41  and  48.  Philosophy  25,  and  Sociology 
33.  The  distribution  requirements  may  be  satisfied  by  completing  two 
religion  courses,  at  least  one  of  which  should  be  10.  13.  or  14. 


10     Perspectives  on  Religion 

An  exploration  of  religious  responses  to  ultimate  problems  of  human  existence. 
Through  discussion  of  selections  by  Protestant.  Catholic,  Jewish,  and  humanist 
writers,  students  are  encouraged  to  grapple  with  such  questions  as  the  nature  and 
language  of  religion,  the  existence  and  knowledge  of  God,  the  inter-play  of  religion  and 
culture,  and  the  religious  analysis  of  the  human  predicament.  Freshman  sections  will  be 
limited  to  fifteen  students. 

13  Old  Testament  Faith  and  History 

A  critical  examination  of  the  literature  within  its  historical  setting  and  in  the  light  of 
archeoiogical  findings  to  show  the  faith  and  religious  life  of  the  Hebrew-Jewish  com- 
munity in  the  biblical  period,  and  an  introduction  to  the  history  of  interpretation  with 
an  emphasis  on  contemporary  Old  Testament  criticism  and  theology. 

14  New  Testament  Faith  and  History 

A  critical  examination  of  the  literature  within  its  historical  setting  to  show  the  faith 
and  religious  life  of  the  Christian  community  in  the  biblical  period,  and  an  introduction 
to  the  history  of  interpretation  with  an  emphasis  on  contemporary  New  Testament 
criticism  and  theology. 

20  History  of  Christian  Thought  I  (30-1799) 

An  inquiry  into  the  changing  images  of  God  and  man  in  Western  Culture,  as  these 
have  been  influenced  by  Christian  tradition.  The  course  will  deal  with  leading  men  and 
motifs  from  St.  Paul  through  the  Reformation,  and  up  to  Eighteenth  Century  Deism. 
Prerequisite :  Religion  10  or  14.  or  consent  of  instructor. 

21  History  Of  Christian  Thought  II  (1800-present) 

A  continuation  of  Religion  20.  beginning  with  the  attempts  of  Schleiermacher  and 
Hegel  to  re-integrate  religion  and  culture,  tracing  the  subsequent  process  through 
Niebuhr  and  Tillich  to  the  present  "Post-Liberal"  period.  Prerequisite:  Religion  20,  or 

consent  of  instructor. 


102  /RELIGION 

23  Religions  of  the  World:  African  Religions 

Primitive  man's  beliefs  about  himself,  his  gods,  his  oneness  with  the  land  and  his 
fellow  animals,  and  his  feelings  about  community  will  be  investigated. 

24  Religions  of  the  World:  Islam  and  Judaism 

Major  emphasis  upon  tradition  and  contemporary  forms  of  Islam  and  Judaism,  their 
growth  and  development  investigating  their  current  status  and  their  major  problems  in 
the  Middle  East.  Africa.  Asia,  and  the  L'nited  States. 

25  Religions  of  the  World:  Oriental  Religion 

A  phenomenology  of  the  formative  forces  and  concepts  of  Indian,  Chinese,  and 
Japanese  religions;  special  attention  devoted  to  social  and  political  relations,  mythical 
and  aesthetic  forms.  East  and  West  encounter. 

26  History  and  Religion  of  the  Ancient  Near  Eeast 

A  study  of  the  religions  and  history  of  Mesopotamia,  Anatolia,  Syria-Palestine,  and 
Egypt  from  the  rise  of  Sumerian  culture  to  Alexander  the  Great. 

27  Culture  of  the  Ancient  Near  East 

An  analysis  of  the  culture  of  the  Ancient  Near  East  with  special  reference  to  the  role  of 
religion.  The  course  will  be  taught  with  an  emphasis  on  archeological  findings. 

31  Christian  Social  Ethics 

An  unfolding  of  ethics  as  horizon,  engagement,  destiny;  an  interdisciplinary  theoretical 
study  closely  related  to  the  practical  problems  of  violence  and  power,  racism  and 
revolution,  assassination  and  authority. 

32  Contemporary  Problems  in  Christian  Social  Ethics 

An  examination  of  the  approach  of  religion  and  other  disciplines  to  an  issue  of  current 
concern;  prospective  topics  include  the  ethics  of  violence,  the  social  thought  of 
Jacques  Ellul,  and  the  ethics  of  genetic  control.  Prerec/uisiw:  Religion  31,  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

33  Roman  Catholic  Thought 

The  development  of  Thomism.  Neo-Thomism,  and  Transcendental  Thomism;  limited 
attention  given  to  pastoral  and  ecclesiological  issues  in  the  post-conciliar  era  after 
Vatican  II. 

35  Redaction  History  and  the  Gospels 

Contemporary  views  of  the  relationship  between  the  evangelist's  theology  and  his  way 
of  arranging  the  gospel  tradition.  A  study  of  the  several  interpretations  of  Jesus  both  in 
the  Synoptics  and  in  the  Fourth  Gospel. 

36  Advanced  Old  Testament  Topics 

A  critical  examination  of  one  topic  in  Old  Testament  study  from  among  the  following: 
prophecy,  the  Pentateuch,  wisdom  literature,  biblical  theology.  The  content  of  the 
course  will  vary  from  year  to  year. 

38     Advanced  New  Testament  Topics 

A  critical  examination  of  one  topic  in  New  Testament  study  from  among  the  fol- 
lowing: The  Teaching  of  Jesus,  New  Testament  Christology,  Pauline  Theology, 
Current  issues  in  New  Testament  Interpretation.  The  content  of  the  course  will  vary 
from  year  to  year. 


RELIGION/  103 


41  Contemporary  Religious  Issues 

A  study  of  the  theological  significance  of  some  contemporary  intellectual  develop- 
ments in  western  culture.  The  content  of  this  course  will  vary  from  year  to  year.  Sub- 
jects studied  in  recent  years  include  the  following:  the  theological  significance  of 
Freud.  Mar.x.  and  Nietzche:  Christianity  and  existentialism;  theology  and  depth 
psychology;  and  the  religious  dimension  of  contemporary  literature.  Prerec/ulsirc: 
Religion  10. 

42  The  Nature  and  Mission  of  the  Church 

A  study  of  the  nature  of  the  church  and  its  mission  in  contemporary  society  including 
an  analysis  of  the  role  of  the  church  and  an  examination  of  ways  of  renewal. 

43  The  Educational  Ministry  of  the  Church 

A  study  of  religious  education  as  a  function  of  the  church  with  special  attention  given 
to  the  nature  and  objectives  of  Christian  education,  methods  of  teaching  religion,  and 
the  relations  between  faith  and  learning. 

45  Judaism  and  Christianity  in  the  New  Testament 

A  study  of  the  ways  in  which  New  Testament  Christianity  is  indebted  to  Judaism  in 
theology,  ethics,  and  institutions. 

46  Palestinian  Archeology 

A  study  of  basic  archeological  method  in  addition  to  representative  excavations  and 
artifacts  from  the  various  historical  eras  as  are  found  in  Palestine  and  its  environs. 

47  Field  Palestinian  Archeology 

Participation  in  an  archeological  excavation  during  the  summer  months;  the  arche- 
ological expedition  is  usually  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  American  Schools  of 
Oriental  Research.  Also  guided  travel  to  archeological  sites  and  museums  of  biblical 
and  non-biblical  importance.  The  student  bears  the  expense  of  his  own  travel,  but  the 
college  makes  all  the  arrangements. 

48  Advanced  Palestinian  Archeology 

An  in-depth  study  of  some  archeological  problem  or  a  detailed  analysis  of  data  from  a 
current  archeological  excavation  related  to  biblical  research. 


104  /SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Professors:  McCrary  (Chairman),  Mook 

Assistant  Professor:  Arroyo 

Instructor:  Rux 

A  major  consists  of  Sociology  10.  14.  31.  44,  and  four  other  courses, 
which  may  include  any  two  courses  from  Religion  46,  47,  and  48. 
Sociology  10  and  one  other  sociology  course  must  be  passed  to  satisfy 
the  social  science  distribution  requirement. 

10    Introduction  to  Sociology 

An  introduction  to  the  problems,  concepts,  and  methods  in  sociology  today,  including 
analysis  of  stratification,  organization  of  groups  and  Institutions,  social  movements, 
and  deviants  in  social  structure. 

14     Introduction  to  Anthropology 

Prehistoric  and  primitive  peoples  and  cultures;  primitive  customs  and  institutions 
compared  with  those  of  modern  man. 

20     Marriage  and  the  Family 

The  history,  structure,  and  functions  of  modern  American  family  me,  emphasizing 
dating,  courtship,  factors  in  marital  adjustment,  and  the  changing  status  of  family 
members.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  oj  instructor. 

22     Folk  Society 

Comparative  study  of  several  folk  societies,  with  emphasis  upon  the  Pennsylvania 
Amish;  folk  culture  contrasted  with  urban-industrial  civilization. 

24     Rural  and  Urban  Communities 

The  concept  of  community  is  treated  as  it  operates  and  affects  individual  and  group  be- 
havior in  rural,  suburban,  and  urban  settings.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  characteristic 
institutions  and  problems  of  modem  city  life.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

26     Social  Movements 

An  analysis  of  the  dynamics,  structure,  and  reaction  to  social  movements  with  focus 
on  contemporary  social  movements.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

30  Criminology 

The  nature,  genesis,  and  organization  of  criminal  behavior  are  examined  from  both 
group  and  individual  viewpoints.  Juvenile  delinquency  and  the  treatment  of  crime  are 
presented.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  oj  instructor. 

31  Research  Methods  in  Sociology 

Study  of  the  research  process  in  sociology,  including  formation  of  research  design 
(theory,  methodology,  and  techniques),  and  practical  application  in  the  investigation 
of  a  research  problem.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  5  and  Sociology  10  or  consent  oj 
instructor. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY/  105 

32  Institutions 

Introduces  the  student  to  the  sociological  concept  of  social  institution,  the  types  of 
social  institutions  to  be  found  in  all  societies,  and  the  interrelationships  between  the 
socii;!  institutions  within  a  society.  The  course  is  divided  into  two  basic  parts:  1.  That 
aspect  which  deals  with  the  systematic  organization  of  society  in  general,  and  2.  The 
concentration  on  a  particular  social  institution:  economic,  political,  educational,  and 
social  welfare.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

33  Sociology  of  Religion 

An  examination  of  the  major  theories  of  the  relationship  of  religion  to  society,  and  a 
survey  of  sociological  studies  of  religious  behavior.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  W  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

34  Racial  and  Cultural  Minorities 

A  study  of  the  adjustments  of  minority  racial,  cultural,  and  national  groups  in  modern 
America.  Attention  is  also  given  to  minority  problems  within  their  world  setting.  Pre- 
requisite: Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

35  Cultural  Anthropology 

Primitive  and  peasant  economy,  society,  government,  religion,  and  art,  the  social  and 
cultural  backgrounds  of  personality  development.  Prerequisite :  Sociology  14  or  consent 
of  instructor. 

37    Anthropology  of  North  America 

Ethnographic  survey  of  native  North  American  Eskimo  and  Indian  cultures,  with  at- 
tention to  changes  in  native  lifeways  due  to  European  contacts.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
14  or  consent  of  instructor. 

41     Social  Stratification 

An  analysis  of  the  nature  of  stratification  systems,  with  special  reference  to  American 
social  structure.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

43  Deviant  Behavior 

An  inquiry  into  the  various  types  of  deviant  behavior,  that  will  vary  each  semester, 
covering  such  topics  as:  alcoholism,  mental  illness,  gambling,  and  narcotics.  Pre- 
requisite: Sociology  10  or  consent  of  instructor. 

44  Social  Theory 

The  history  of  the  development  of  sociological  thought  from  its  earliest  philosophical 
beginnings  is  treated  through  discussions  and  reports.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  socio- 
logical thought  since  the  time  of  Comte.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

45  Ethnological  Theory 

Theories  concerning  man  and  his  culture,  with  emphasis  on  interpretations  since  1850. 
Prerequisite:  Sociology  14  and  consent  of  instructor. 


106   /THEATRE 

48-49    Practicum  in  Sociology 

Introduces  the  student  to  a  practical  work  experience  involving  community  agencies  in 
order  to  effect  a  synthesis  of  the  student's  academic  course  work  and  its  practical  ap- 
plications in  a  community  agency.  Specifics  of  the  course  to  be  worked  out  in  conjunc- 
tion with  department,  student,  and  agency.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  10  or  consent  of 
instructor. 


THEATRE 


Associate  Pfofessor:  Falk  (C/uilrnnin) 

Instructor:  Dartt 
Part-Time  Instructors:  Malin,  Nichols 

The  major  consists  of  eight  courses,  except  Theatre  1,  with  a  concen- 
tration in  Acting.  Directing,  or  Design.  The  Fine  Arts  requirement  may 
be  satisfied  by  selecting  any  two  courses,  except  Theatre  1.  In  addition 
to  the  departmental  requirements,  majors  are  urged  to  include  courses  in 
Art,  Music,  Psychology,  and  English. 


1     Fundamentals  of  Speech 

The  development  of  elementary  principles  of  simple  oral  communication  through 
lectures,  prepared  assignments  m  speakmg,  and  informal  class  exercises. 

10     Introduction  to  Theatre  and  Film 

A  consideration  of  the  various  elements  of  modern  theatre,  includmg  acting,  directing, 
films,  and  television. 

12  History  of  Theatre  I 

A  detailed  study  of  the  development  of  theatre  from  the  Greeks  to  the  early  realistic 
period.  Alternate  years. 

13  History  of  Theatre  II 

The  history  of  the  theatre  from  1860.  .Alternate  years. 

14  Oral  Interpretation  of  Literature 

The  fundamental  principles  and  methods  of  oral  reading  and  the  interpretation  of 
literature  are  introduced.  Materials  will  be  chosen  from  poetry,  prose,  the  novel,  and 
drama. 

15  Playwriting  and  Dramatic  Criticism 

An  investigation  of  the  techniques  of  playwriting  with  an  emphasis  on  creative  writing, 
culminating  in  a  written  one-act  play,  plus  an  historical  survey  of  dramatic  criticism 
from  Aristotle  to  the  present,  with  emphasis  upon  developing  the  student's  ability  to 
write  reviews  and  criticism  of  theatrical  productions  and  films.  .Alternate  rears. 


THEATRE/  107 

18     Play  Prodlktion  for  Communiiy  and  Skconimry  Schools 

Stagecraft  and  the  various  other  aspects  of  play  production  are  introduced.  Through 
material  presented  in  the  course  and  laboratory  work  on  the  Arena  Theatre  stage,  the 
student  will  acquire  experience  to  produce  theatrical  scenery  for  community  and 
secondary  school  theatre. 

20    Creative  Drama  for  Children 

Designed  especially  for  those  intending  to  be  teachers,  this  course  explores  the 
dramatic  possibilities  of  creative  playmaking  for  children  on  all  grade  levels.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  storytelling,  dramatization,  pantomime,  and  dramatic  play. 

24     Introduction  to  Acting 

An  introductory  study  of  the  actor's  preparation,  with  emphasis  on  developing  the 
actor's  creative  imagination  through  improvisations  and  scene  study. 

26     Introduction  to  Directing 

An  introductory  study  of  the  function  of  the  director  in  preparation,  rehearsal,  and 
performance.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  the  student's  ability  to  analyze  scripts 
and  on  the  development  of  the  student's  imagination. 

28  Introduction  to  Scene  Design  and  Stagecraft 

An  introduction  to  the  theatre  with  an  emphasis  on  stagecraft.  The  productions  each 
semester  serve  as  the  laboratory  to  provide  the  practical  experience  necessary  to  un- 
derstand the  material  presented  in  the  classroom. 

29  Marionette  Production 

Introduces  the  construction,  costuming,  and  performing  of  a  play  through  the  medium 
of  string  puppets. 

31     Advanced  Techniques  of  Play  Production 

A  detailed  consideration  of  the  interrelated  problems  and  techniques  of  play  analysis, 
production  styles,  and  design.  Offered  summer  only. 

34  Intermediate  Studio:  Acting 

Instruction  and  practice  in  character  analysis  and  projection,  with  emphasis  on  vocal 
and  body  techniques. 

35  Theories  of  the  Modern  Theatre 

An  advanced  course  exploring  the  philosophical  roots  of  the  modem  theatre  from  the 
birth  of  realism  to  the  present,  and  the  influences  on  modern  theatre  practice.  Selected 
readings  from  Neitzsche,  Marx,  Jung,  Freud,  Whitehead,  Kierkegaard,  Sarte,  Camus, 
as  well  as  Antoine,  Copeau,  Stanislavski,  Shaw,  Meyerhold,  Artaud.  Brecht,  Brook, 
Grotowski.    Altennile  years. 

36  Intermediate  Studio:  Directing 

Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  student's  ability  to  function  in  preparation  and  rehearsal. 
Practical  experience  involves  the  directing  of  scenes  from  contemporary  theatre, 

38     Intermediate  Studio:  Scene  and  Lighting  Design 

The  theory  of  stage  and  lighting  design  with  special  emphasis  on  their  practical  applica- 
tion to  the  theatre. 


108 /THEATRE 

44     Advanced  Studio:  Acting 

Preparation  of  monologues  and  two-character  scenes.  Contemporary  and  classical. 
The  student  will  appear  in  major  campus  productions. 

46     Advanced  Studio:  Directing 

Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  student's  ability  to  produce  a  major  three-act  play  from 
the  script  to  the  stage  for  public  performance. 

48  Advanced  Studio:  Design 

Independent  work  in  conceptual  and  practical  design.  The  student  will  design  one  full 
production  as  his  major  project. 

49  Advanced  Studio:  Properties  and  Costume  Design 

The  theory  of  stage  costume  and  property  design  and  its  practical  application  to  the 
theatre.  Prerequisile:  Consent  of  Instiuctor. 


COLLEGE  PERSONNEL  /  109 

COLLEGE  PERSONNEL 


Board  of  Trustees 


OFFICERS 

Fred  A.  Pennington Chairman 

W.  GiBBS  McKenney.  Jr Vice-Chairman 

Paul  G.  Gilmore Secretary 

Kenneth  E.  Himes Treasurer 

HONORARY  TRUSTEES 

Ralph  E.  Kelchner Jersey  Shore 

George  L.  Stearns,  II WiUiamsport 

The  Rev.  L.  Elbert  Wilson Orlando,  Fla. 

TRUSTEES 

Tenu  Expires  1972 

ELECTED 

1969     Richard  R.  Cramer,  D.D.S Hershey 

( A lumni  Represeutative ) 

1969     Samuel  H.  Evert Bloomsburg 

1969     The  Rev.  Newton  H.  Fritchley.  Ph.D Carlisle 

1965     Walter  J.  Heim Montoursville 

1969  Kenneth  E.  Himes WiUiamsport 

1968  Bishop  Hermann  W.  Kaebnick,  D.D.. 

L.H.D.,  LL.D Harrisburg 

1970  WooDRow  A.  Knight WiUiamsport 

1941     Arnold  A.  Phipps,  II WiUiamsport 

1969  Mrs.  Donald  G.  Remley WiUiamsport 

1967     The  Rev.  Donald  H.  Treese Altoona 


110  /  EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 

Term  Expires  1973 

ELECTED 

1964    John  G.  Detwiler Williamsport 

1948     Frank  L.  Dunham Wellsboro 

1970     Walter  T.  Dunston,  D.D.S Philadelphia 

( Alumni  Representative) 

1951     Paul  G.  Gilmore Williamsport 

1964     Hon.  Charles  F.  Greevy Williamsport 

1969  The  Rev.  Thomas  J.  Hopkins.  D.D Williamsport 

1964     W.  GiBBS  McKenney.  Jr Baltimore,  Md. 

1958     Fred  A.  Pennington Mechanicsburg 

1961     The  Rev.  Wallace  F.  Stettler,  HH.D Kingston 

1970  William  E.  Strasburg,  Litt.D Ambler 


Term  Expires  1974 

elected 

1967  The  Rev.  Grantas  E.  Hoopert,  D.D Williamsport 

1965  James  G.  Law Bloomsburg 

1971  The  Rev.  Harvey  W.  Marsland Allentown 

1970  John  E.  Person,  Jr Williamsport 

1965  Hon.  Herman  T.  Schneebeli Williamsport 

1969  Charles  J.  Stockwell Williamsport 

1965  Harold  J.  Stroehmann,  Jr Williamsport 

1961  Nathan  W.  Stuart Williamsport 

1971  Willis  W.  Willard,  III,  M.D Hershey 

(Alumni  Representative) 
1958     W.  Russell  Zacharias Allentown 


EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 

John  G.  Detwiler.  Cluiirman 

Frank  L.  Dunham  Woodrow  A.  Knight 

Samuel  H.  Evert  W.  Gibbs  McKenney,  Jr. 

Paul  G.  Gilmore  John  E.  Person,  Jr. 

Hon.  Charles  F.  Greevy  Charles  J.  Stockwell 

Walter  J.  Heim  Nathan  W.  Stuart 

The  Rev.  Grantas  E.  Hoopert  W.  Russell  Zacharias 
Bishop  Hermann  W.  Kaebnick 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF/    HI 

Administrative  Staff 


Harold  H.  Hutson  (1969) President 

B.A.,  LL.D..  Wofford  College:  B.D.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D..  Univer- 
sity ofChieago;  L.H.D..  Ohio  Weslevan 
James  R.  Jose  ( 1 970) Dean  of  the  College 

B.A.,  Mount  Union  College:  M.A..  Ph.D.,  The  Ameriean  University 
Kenneth  E.  Himes  (1948) Treasurer  and  Business  Manager 

B.S.,  Dre.xel  University:  G.S.B.,  Rutgers  University 
Oliver  E.  Harris  (1956) Director  of  Development 

A.B..  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

R.  Andrew  Lady  (1957) Assistant  to  the  President 

A.B..    Lyeoming    College:     M.S..    D.    Ed..    The    Pennsylvania    State 

University 

Jack  C.  Buckle  ( 1 957) Dean  of  Student  Services 

A.B..  Juniata  College:  M.S..  Syraeuse  University 
Anthony  L.  Grillo  (1969) Librarian 

B.S..    The   Pennsylvania   State    University:    M.S.    in   U.S..    Villanova 

University 
Frank  J.  Kamus  (1963) Director  of  Admissions 

B.S..  Loek  Haven  State  College 
Robert  J.  Glunk  (1965) Registrar  and  Assistant  to  the  Dean 

A.B..  Lyeoniing  College:  M.A..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
David  G.  Busey  (1954). .  .Director  of  Physical  Education  and  Athletics 

B.S..  M.S..  University  of  Illinois 
William  L.  Baker  (1965) Director  of  Student  Aid 

B.S..  Lyeoming  College 
Dale  V.  Bower  (1968) Director  of  Alumni  Affairs 

B.S..  Lycoming  College :  B.D..  United  Theological  Seminary 
Bruce  L.  Swanger  (1968) Director  of  Public  Relations 

A.B..  Bucknell  University 
Joseph  P.  Laver.  Jr.  (1969) Director  of  Publications 

A.B..  University  of  Pennsylvania :  M.S..  University  of  Bridgeport 
L.  Paul  Neufer  (1960) Director  of  Religious  Activities 

A.B..  Dickinson  College:  S.T.B..  S.T.M..  Boston  University 
Susan  J.  Albert  (1970) Assistant  Dean  of  Student  Services 

A.B..  Lyeoniing  College:  M.Ed..  College  of  William  and  Mary 
Thomas  C.  Devlin  (1971) Assistant  Dean  of  Student  Services 

B.A..  State  University  of  New  York.  Geiwseo 
Douglas  J.  Keiper  (1970) Assistant  Dean  of  Student  Services 

A.B..  Lycoming  College 


112   /  FACULTY 

Tony  K.  Schepis  (1971) Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College 

James  G.  Scott  (1970) Assistant  Director  of  Admissions 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College 

Anna  D.  Weitz  (1970) Assistant  Dean  of  Student  Services 

A.B.,  Boston  University;  M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  Albany 


Faculty 
EMERITI 


Mabel  K.  Bauer Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Cornell  University:  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania 
Arnold  J.  Currier Professor  Emeritus  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Colgate  University:  M.S..   The  Pennsylvania  State  University: 

Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 
LeRoy  F.  Derr Professor  Emeritus  of  Education 

A.B.,  Ur sinus  College:  M.A.,  Bucknell  University:  Ed.D.,  University  of 

Pittsburgh 
Phil  G.  Gillette Associate  Professor  Emeritus  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Ohio  University:  M.A.,  Columbia  University 

Harold  W.  Hayden Librarian  Emeritus  and  Professor 

Emeritus  of  Library  Services 

A.B.,  Nebraska  State  Teachers  College:  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois; 

M.A.  in  L.S.,  University  of  Michigan 
George  W.  Howe Professor  Emeritus  of  Geology 

A.B.,  M.S..  Syracuse  University:  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University 

Donald  G.  Remley Assistant  Professor  Emeritus  of 

Mathematics  and  Physics 

A.B.,  Dickinson  College:  M.A.,  Columbia  University 
Eric  V.  Sandin Professor  Emeritus  of  English 

B.S..  Wesleyan  University:  M..4.,  Columbia  University;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois 

George  S.  Shortess Professor  Emeritus  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Johns  Hopkins  University;  M..4.,  Colunibia  University;  Ph.D., 
Johns  Hopkins  University 

John  A.  Stuart Professor  Emeritus  of  English 

B.A.,   William  Jewell  College;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University 


PROFESSORS  /   1 1  3 

PROFESSORS 


Robert  H.  Ewing(1947) Professor  of  History  and 

Assistant  Mace  Bearer 

A.B..  College  of  H'oo.sfer:  M.A..  Unlversi!y  of  Afie/iii^an 
W.  Arthur  Palis  (1951) Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B..  Dieklnson  College:  S.T.B..  PH.D.,  Boston  University 
Morton  A.  Finhman  (1966) Professor  of  Physics 

.4.B..  Indiana  L'niversitv ;  PH.D..  University  of  Pittsfmrgfi 

John  P.  Graham  ( 1 939)* Professor  of  English  and 

Mace  Bearer 

PH.B..  Diekinson  College;  M.ED..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Eduarix)  Glierra  (1960) Professor  of  Religion 

B.D..  Soiitfiern  .Methodist  University;  S.T.M..  TH.D..  Union  Theologi- 

eal  Seminary 
James  K.  Hummer  (1962) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.N.S..  Tufts  University;  M.S..  Middlehinj  College;  PH.D..  University 

of  North  Carolina 

James  R.  Jose  (1970) Professor  of  Political  Science  and 

Dean  of  the  College 

B.A..  Mount  Union  College;  M.A..  PH.D..  Ameriean  University 
Jack  S.  McCrary  (1969). .  .  .Professor  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

B.A..    M.A..    Southern    Methodist    University;    PH.D..     Washington 

University 
Walter  G.  McIver  (1946) Professor  of  Music 

MUS.B..     Westminster    Choir    College;    A.B..    Bucknell    University; 

M.A..  Nen-  York  University 
Maurice  A.  Mook  (1969).  .  .Professor  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

B.A..    Allegheny    College;    M.A..    Northwestern    University;    PH.D.. 

University  of  Pennsylvania 
Glen  E.  Morcjan  ( 1961 ) Professor  of  Music 

B.M..  M.M..  PH.D..  Indiana  University 
LoRiNG  B.  Priest  (1949)** Professor  of  History 

LITT.B..  Rutgers  University;  M.A..  PH.D..  Harvard  University 
Robert  W.  Rabold  (1955) Professor  of  Economics 

B.A..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University;  M.A..  PH.D..  University  of 

Pittstiurgh 
John  A.  Radspinner  ( 1957) Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S..   University  of  Riehmond;  M.S..    i'irginia  Polyteehnie  Institute; 

D.SC  Carnegie-Mellon  University 

*On  Leave  First  Semester  1971-72 
**On  Leave  Second  Semester  1971-72 


114  /  ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

Frances  Knights  Skeath  (1947) Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B..  M.A..  Bucknell  Univer:.ify:  D.ED.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity 

Helen  Breese  Weidman  (1944) Professor  of  Political  Science 

A.B.,  M.A.,  Bueknell  University;  PH.D.  Syracuse  University 


ASSOCIATE  PROFESSORS 

David  G.  Busey  (1954) Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

and  Director  of  Physical  Education  and  Athletics 
B.S..  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois 

Robert  F.  Falk  (1970) Associate  Professor  of  Theatre 

B.A..  B.D..  Drew  University:  M.A..  PH.D..   IVayne  State  University 

Bernard  P.  Flam  (1963) Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  New  York  University;  Af.A.,  Harvard  University ;  PH.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin 

Dan  D.  Gustafson  (1971) Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  Amherst  College;  M.A..  University  of  California ;  PH.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Nebraska 

John  G.  Hancock  (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S..  M.S..  Bucknell  University;  PH.D..  The  Pennsylvania  State  Uni- 
versity 

John  G.  Hollenback  (1952) Associate  Professor  of 

Business  Administration  and  Marshal  of  the  College 
B.S..  M.B.A..  University  of  Pennsylvania 

Alden  G.  Kelley  (1966) Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S..  M.S..  Iowa  State  University;  PH.D..  Purdue  University 

Robert  J.  B.  Maples  (1969) Associate  Professor  of  French 

A.B..  .\I.A..  University  of  Rochester;  PH.D..  Yale  University 

Joseph  A.  Murphy  (1970) Associate  Professor  of  French 

B.A..  LaSalle;  PH.D..  Ohio  State  University 
O.  Thompson  Rhodes  (1861 ) Associate  Professor  of  Religion 

B.S..  University  of  Cincinnati ;  B.D..  PH.D..  Drew  University 
Roger  W.  Opdahl  (1963) Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B..    Hofstra    College;    M.A..    Columbia    University;    D.ED..    The 

Pennsylvania  State  University 
Logan  A.  Richmond  (1954) Associate  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S..    Lycoming    College;    M.B.A..    New    York    University;    C.P.A. 

(Pennsylvania) 
Mary  Landon  Russell  (1936) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

MUS.B..  Susquehanna  University  Conservatory  of  Music;  M.A..  The 

Pennsylvania  State  University 


ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS  /  |  15 

James  W.  Sheaffer  (1949) Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.S..  Indiana  University  of  Pennsylvania:  M.S..  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania 

Willy  Smith  (1966) Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.E..   The  University  of  the  Repuhlie  (Uruguay):  M.S.E..  PH.D.. 
University  of  Miehigan 


ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Robert  B.  Angstadt  (1967) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  Ur sinus  College:  M.S..  PH.D..  Cornell  University 
Virginia  R.  Arroyo  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S..  M.A..  Columbia  University 
Myrna  a.  Barnes  (1959) Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Services 

A.B..  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles:  M.S.  in  L.S..  Drexel 

University 

Francis  L.  Bayer  ( 1967) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B..A..  St.  Mary's  College:  B.S..  M.A..  Bowling  Green  State  University 

Clarence  W.  Burch  (1962) Assistant  Professor  of 

Physical  Education 
B.S..  M.ED..  University  of  Pittsburgh 

John  H.  Conrad  (1959) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S..  Mansfield  State  College:  M.A..  New  York  University 
Jack  D.  Diehl.  Jr.  (1971) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S..  M.A..  Sam  Houston  State  College:  M.S..  PH.D..  University^of 

Connecticut 
Lydia  a.  Dufour  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  Spanish 

B.A..  Newcomb  College:  M.A..  Tulane  University 
Richard  W.  Feldmann  (1965).  .  .  .Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B..  M.A..  University  of  Buffalo 
F.  Catharine  Fisher  (1968). . .  .Assistant  Professor  of  Library  Services 

B.A..  Susquehanna  University 
David  A.  Franz  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A..  Princeton:  M..4..  The  Johns  Hopkins  University:  PH.D..  Univer- 
sity of  Virginia 
Charles  L.  Getchell  (1967) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

^..S..  University  of  .Massachusetts:  M..4..  Harvard  University 
Wenrich  H.  Green  (1968) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

.4.B.,  Lycoming  College:  M.S..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Stephen  R.  Griffith  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B..  Cornell  University:  M.A..  University  of  Pittsburgh 


116  /  ASSISTANT  PROFESSORS 

Anthony  L.  Grillo  ( 1969) Librarian  and  Assistant  Professor 

of  Library  Services 
B.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University:  M.S.  in  L.S.,  Villanova 
University 

Thomas  J.  Henninger  (1966) Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Wake  Forest  College:  M.A.,  University  of  Kansas 
Owen  F.  Herring,  III  (1965) Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A..  Wake  Forest  College 
Richard  A.  Hughes  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  Religion 

B.A.,  Indiana  Central  College:  S.T.B.,  PH.D.,  Boston  University 
Lawrence  F.  Hurr  (1969) Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  Lyeoniing  College:  M.A.,  MeGill  University 

M.  Raymond  Jamison  (1962) Assistant  Professor  of  Physics  and 

Education 

B.S..  Ursinus  College:  M.S..  Bueknell  University 
Emily  R.  Jensen  (1969) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Jamestown  College:  M..4.,  University  of  Denver 
Forrest  E.  Keesbury  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Defiance  College:  M.A.,  Bowling  Green  State  University 
Delores  Kay  Kennedy  (1969) Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Waytie  State  University:  M.A.,  University  of  Arizona 

Elizabeth  H.  King  (1958) Assistant  Professor  of 

Business  Administration 

B.S..  Geneva  College:  M.ED..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
David  J.  Loomis  (1967) Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College:  M.S.,  Bueknell  University:  PH.D.,  Syracuse 

University 

David  A.  Lutz  (1971) Assistant  Professor  of  Religion 

B.A.,  Bueknell  University:  B.D.,  Colgate-Rochester  Divinity  School: 
PH.D.,  Drew  University' 

Paul  A.  Mackenzie  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  A.M.,  PH.D.,  Boston  University 
Gertrude  B.  Madden  (1958) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania:  M..4.,  Bueknell  University 

Robert  F.  Malcolm  ( 1 970) Assistant  Professor  of 

Business  Administration 

B.B.A.,  M.B.A.,  Eastern  Michigan  University 
Lyndon  J.  Mayers  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island:  M.S.,  PH.D.,  University  of  Mahie 
Donna  K.  Miller  (1960) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,   Lock    Haven   State   College:    M.ED.,    The   Pennsylvania  State 

University 


INSTRUCTORS  /   117 

L.  Paul  Neufer  (!%()) Assistant  Professor  of  Religion  and 

Director  of  Religious  Activities 
A.B.,  Dickinson  C()//c<^c:  S.T.B..  S.T.M..  Boston  University 

John  F.  Piper.  Jr.  (1969) Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B..  Lafayette  Collej^e:  B.D..  Yale  University:  PH.D..  Duke  Univer- 
sity 

David  J.  Rife  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  University  of  Floric/a ;  .\f.A..  Souf/iern  Illinois  University 
David  E.  Sawyer  (1970) Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A..  St.  Olaf  College:  .M.A..  PH.D..  University  of  Nebraska 
Louise  R.  Suhaeffer  (1962) Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,    Lyeoniing    College:    M.A.,    Bueknell    University:  D.  Ed..  The 

Pennsylvania  State  University 

K.  Bruce  Sherbine  (1969) Assistant  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B..    Gettysburg    College:    M.S..    Temple    University:    PH.D..    The 

Pennsylvania  State  University 
Roger  D.  Shipley  (1967) Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A..  Otterbeiu  College:  M.F..A..  Cranbrook  .Academy  of  .Art 

Andrew  B.  Ti  rner  ( 1969) Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

and  Assistant  Marshal  of  the  College 

A.B..    Franklin    and   Marshall   College:    .\LS..    Bueknell    University : 

PH.D..  University  of  I  'irginia 

Sally  F.  Vargo  (1953) Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S..    Tlw   Pennsylvania  State   University:   .\/.S..   Bueknell   University 
John  M.  Whelan.  Jr.  (1971) Assistant  Professor  Philosophy 

B..A..  University  of  Notre  Dame 
Budd  F.  Whitehill  (1957).  .Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S..   Lock    Haven   State   College:    .\f.ED..    The   Pennsylvania   State 

University 

Leo  K.  Winston  (1964)** Assistant  Professor  of  Russian 

B.A..  Sir  George  Williams  University:  .\I..A..  Universite  de  Montreal 

INSTRUCTORS 

Max  E.  Ameigh  (1969) Instructor  in  Art 

B.S..  Lycoming  College:   M.ED..   The  Pennsylvania  State  University 
Thomas  A.  Banks  (1969) Instructor  in  Political  Science 

A.B..  Ly canting  College:  SL.A..  Lehigh  University 
Gary  Dartt  (1969) Instructor  in  Theatre 

B.S..  .Angus tana  College 
William  F.  Huber  (1969) Instructor  in  Accounting 

B.S..  M.B.A..  The  Pennsylvania  Stale  University 

**0n  Leave  Second  Semester  1971-72 


118  /  LECTURER 

Dennis  Knepp  (1969) Instructor  in  Political  Science 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.A.,  University  of  West  Virginia 
Robert  L.  Lambert  (1969) .instructor  in  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Lycoming  College;  M.A..  Buckncll  University 
Robert  H.  Larson  (1969) Instructor  in  History 

B.A..  The  Citadel;  Af.A..  University  of  I'irginia 
Nelson  Phillips  (1959) Instructor  in  Physical  Education 

B.S..  Springfield  College 
Julia  M.  Rux  (1970) Instructor  in  Sociology 

B.A..  Hanover  College;  M.A..  University  of  Wisconsin 
Kenneth  R.  Sausman  (1969) Instructor  in  Mathematics 

A.B..  Susquehanna  University;  A/. 5"..  Miami  University.  Ohio 
R.  Scott  Stauffer  (1970) Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

B.S..  Wilkes  College;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Miami 

LECTURER 

Don  L.  Larrabee  (1945) Lecturer  in  Law 

A.B.,  Allegheny  College;  Graduate  Division  of  the   Wharton  School; 
Law  School  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 


PART-TIME  INSTRUCTORS 

Joanne  Bennett Education 

B.S..  Shippenshurg  State  College;  M.A..  Bucknell  University 

Max  Berthomieu-Lamer French 

Diplome  Universitare  d' Etudes  Litteraries 

Katherine  L.  Fetter Art 

B.S..  Kutztown  State  College 

Herbert  G.  Kane Business  Administration 

B.S..  Lycoming  College 

Bernard  Lansberry Education 

B.S.,  hLA..  The  Pennsylvania  State  University 

Denis  M alin Theatre 

B.A..  Lafayette;  B.A..  Montclair  State  College;  M.A.,  The  Pennsyl- 
vania State  University 

Helen  Nichols Theatre 

B.A.,  Northwester)!  University 

Janice  Stebbins Biology 

A.B..  Lycoming  College 


ADMINISTRATIVE  ASSISTANTS  /  119 

ADMINISTRATIVE  ASSISTANTS 


Betty  Beck Bookstore  Assistant 

Emily  C.  Biichle Secretary  to  the  Treasurer 

Russell  Bloodgood Manager  of  Food  Service 

Pauline  F.  Brungard Student  Loan  Coordinator 

B.S..  Lycoming  College 

Shirley  Campbell Assistant  in  tiie  Treasurer's  Office 

Elizabeth  Cowles Placement  Secretary 

Olga  Cummings Faculty  Secretary 

Marguerite  Curchoe.  .  .Secretary  to  Buildings  and  Grounds  Director 

Shirley  Decker Secretary  in  Student  Aid  Office 

Margaret  Dewar Secretary  in  the  Admission's  Office 

Helen  H.  Earnest Secretary  in  Student  Services  Office 

Robert  L.  Eddinger Director  of  Buildings  and  Grounds 

Jlne  L.  Evans Secretary  in  the  Education  Office 

S.  Jean  Gair Faculty  Secretary 

Anne  Gibbon Faculty  Secretary 

Della  Haines Library  Assistant 

Helen  C.  Heller Secretary  for  Public  Relations  and 

Publications  Offices 

Phyllis  Holmes Secretary  to  the  President 

Dee  Horn Cashier-Bookkeeper 

Minnie  Ola  Houseknecht Library  Assistant 

Betty  Jane  Kempf Secretary  to  the  Department  of  Athletics 

Naomi  Kepner Switchboard  Operator 

Audrey  Libby Library  Assistant 

Edith  Lipfert Library  Assistant 

Vivian  Meikrantz Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  the  College 

Joyce  Miller Secretary  to  Coordinator  of  Computer  Services 

Patricia  Miller Secretary  to  the  Registrar 

Andrew  Moyer Coordinator  of  Computer  Services 

Marilyn  Mullings Faculty  Secretary 

Phyllis  B.  Myers Secretary  in  the  Registrar's  Office 

Betty  Paris Secretary  to  Director  of  Development 

A.B.,  Lyeommg  College 
Doris  E.  Reichenbach.  .  .  .Secretary  to  the  Director  of  Alumni  Affairs 

Leverda  E.  Rinker Office  Services  Coordinator 

Kitty  Roller Secretary  in  the  Admissions  Office 

Marian  L.  Rubendall Secretary  to  the  Dean  of  Student  Services 

Violet  Schaner Supervisor  of  Housekeeping 

Ruth  R.  Schultz Faculty  Secretary 

Dorothy  Streeter Manager  of  the  Bookstore 

Betty  June  Swanger Accountant  and  Office  Manager 

Virginia  Van  Horn Library  Assistant 


120  /  MEDICAL  STAFF 

Irene  Vincent Library  Assistant 

June  Wagner Faculty  Secretary 

Margaret  Wise Secretary  in  the  Admissions  Office 


MEDICAL  STAFF 


Frederic  C.  Lechner,  M.D College  Physician 

B.S.,  Frank/in  and  Marshall  College;  M.D.,  Jefferson  Medical  College 

Robert  S.  Yasui,  m.d College  Surgeon 

M.D..  Temple  University 

Ruth  J.  Burket.  R.N College  Nurse 

Hamot  Hospital  School  of  Nursing 
Emaline  W.  Deibert,  R.N College  Nurse 

W'illiatusport  Hospital  School  of  Nursing 

Constance  Kyler.  R.N College  Nurse 

Harrishurg  Polyclinic  Hospital  School  of  Nursing 
J.  Louise  Parkin,  R.N College  Nurse 

Geisinger  Medical  Center  School  of  Nursing 
Doris  Tice.  R.N College  Nurse 

Wilkes-Barre  General  Hospital 


121  /INDEX 

Index 


Academic  Advisement 41.  13 

Academic  Center 37 

Academic  Honesty II 

Academic  Honors 9 

Academic  Standing 10 

Accounting.  Business.  Economics.  ...  20 

Accounting/Mathematics 58 

Accreditation 2 

Activities 32 

Administrative  Staff Ill 

Admissions  Office 8 

Admissions  Policy 4 

Advanced  Standing 6 

by  Placement 6 

by  Examination 6 

by  Transfer 7 

Alumni  Association 51 

Application  Fee  and  Deposit 26 

Application  Procedure 5 

Attendance.  Class II 

Automobiles 45 

Books  and  Supplies 27 

Calendar.  Academic 48 

Calendar.  Regular 49 

Campus 37 

Campus  Map 

Chapel 38 

Christian  Mmistry.  Preparation  For..  25 

Class  Attendance II 

Clubs  and  Organizations  on  Campus.  34 

College  Personnel 109 

Commuters"  Lounge 39 

Communications  With  the  College. .  .  53 

Community  Scholarships 30 

Conduct.  Standards  of 45 

Counseling.  Academic 41 

Counseling.  Personal 42 

Courses 57 

Cultural  Influences 33 

Damage  Charges 35 

Degree  Programs 12 

Degree  Requirements 9 

Degrees  Conferred.  Honorary 51 

Dental  School.  Preparation  for 21 

Departmental  Honors 18 

Departmental  Majors 13 

Deposit 26 

Deposit  Refund 26.  5 

Distribution  Requirements 14 

Fine  Arts 15 


Foreign  Language  or  Mathematics.    15 

English 15 

History  and  Social  Science 16 

Natural  Science 16 

Religion  or  Philosophy 15 

Drama.  Cooperative  Program 23 

Early  Decision  and  Notification 5 

Educational  Opportunity  Grants 30 

Engineering  Cooperative  Curriculum.   21 
Evaluation.  Freshman  Mid-Semester.    II 

Evening  Courses 7 

Expenses 26 

Faculty 112 

Facilities 37 

Fees 26 

Financial  Aid 29 

Financial  Information 26 

Financing  Plans 28 

Forestry  Cooperative  Curriculum. ...   22 

Fraternities.  Social 35 

Alpha  Sigma  Phi 35 

Kappa  Delta  Rho 35 

Lambda  Chi  Alpha 35 

Sigma  Pi 35 

Tau  Kappa  Epsilon 35 

Theta  Chi 35 

General  Expenses 26 

Grading  System 10 

Graduation  Requirements 9 

Grants-in  Aid 30 

Handbook  for  Students  (Guidepost).   34 

Health  Services 47 

History  of  the  College 2 

Honor  Societies 36 

Honors.  Academic 9 

Honors.  College 36 

Independent  Study 17 

Infirmary  Service 47 

Insurance 47 

Intercolleciate  Sports 35 

Interdisciplinary  Majors 13.  58 

Established  Majors  (EIM) 58 

Individual  Majors  (IIM) 60 

Interviews 6.  8 

Intramural  Athletics 35 

Law  School.  Preparation  for 24 

Library  Handbook 34 

Literature 58 

Loans 30 

Location V 


INDEX/   122 


London  Semester 19 

Major: 12 

Admission  to 13 

Departmental 13 

Interdisciplinary 13.  58 

Marriage 46 

Medical  College.  Preparation  for.  ...   21 

Medical  History 47 

Medical  Technology 24 

Ministerial  Grants-in-Aid 30 

Money  and  Valuables 46 

Near  East 59 

Non-Payment  of  Fees  Penalty 28 

Objectives  and  Purpose 1 

Organizations  and  Clubs  on  Campus.    34 

Orientation 41 

Payment  of  Fees 27 

Payments.  Partial 28 

Personal  Counseling 42 

Physical  Education  Requirement.  .  .9.  94 

Physical  E.xaminaiion 47 

Placement  Services 42 

Programs  and  Rules 41 

Publications  and  Communications.  .  .    34 

Purpose  and  Objectives 1 

Radio  Station — Campus 34 

Reading  Improvement  Course 42 

Refunds 28 

Regulations  (Standard  of  Conduct).  .   45 

Religious  Education 24 

Religious  Life 31 

Requirements,  Academic  For 

Admission 4 

Residence 43 

Rules 41 

Scholarships 29 

Selection  Process  (Admissions) 4 

Seminar  Study 18 

Sequential  Courses 57 

Social  and  Cultural  Influences 33 

Societies,  Honor 36 

Blue  Key 36 

Chieftain 36 

Gold  Key 36 

Iruska 37 

Omicron  Delta  Epsilon 37 

Phi  Alpha  Theta 36 

Sachem 36 

Soviet  Area  Studies  Major 59 

Special  Charges 27 


Special  Opportunities 16 

Departmental  Honors 18 

Independent  Study 17 

International  Intercultural  Studies.  19 

London  Semester 19 

Lycoming  Scholars 17 

Overseas  Studies  Opportunities. ...  19 

Seminar  Study 18 

United  Nations  Semester 19 

Washington  Semester 18,  19 

Special  Student 7 

Sports 35 

Intercollegiate 35 

Intramural 35 

Standards 9 

Student  Activities 32 

Student  Government 32 

Student  Publications 34 

Student  Union 33,  39 

Study  Skills  Center 42 

Summer  Session  Admission 7 

Summer  Sessions  Calendar 48 

Teacher  Education 25,  71 

Theological  Seminary,  Preparation  for  25 

Traditions 2 

Transfer 7 

Trustees 109 

Unit  Course 12 

United  Nations  Semester 19 

Veterans,  Provisions  for 6,  43 

Veterinary  School,  Preparation  for...  21 

Vocational  Aims 20 

Accounting,  Business,  Economics. .  20 

Dental  School,  Preparation  for.  .  .  .  21 

Drama — Cooperative  Program.  ...  23 
Engineering — Cooperative 

Curriculum 21 

Forestry — Cooperative  Curriculum  22 

Law  School,  Preparation  for 24 

Medical  School.  Preparation  for. .  .  21 

Medical  Technology 24 

Religious  Education 24 

Teacher  Education 25 

Theological  Seminary,  Preparation 

for 25 

Veterinary  School,  Preparation  for.  21 

Washington  Semester 18,  19 

Withdrawals  from  Courses II 

Withdrawals  and  Refunds 28 

Work-Study  Grants 30 


ALL  OF  THE  PROVISIONS  IN  THIS  CATALOG  ARE  EFFECTIVE  JUNE   1.    1971. 


Lyconimg  College  reserves  the  right  to  make  any  neeessary  elianges  in 
the  acaciemie  ealendar.  eharges.  courses,  or  any  other  section  of  this 
catalog. 


LYCOMINQ 
COLLEQE 


Williamsport,  Pennsylvania 


17701 


717-326-1951 


I